Lucent Technologies Server Comcode 108678723 User Manual

®
DEFINITY  
Enterprise Communications Server  
Release 8.2  
ATM Installation, Upgrades, and Administration  
555-233-124  
Comcode 108678723  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Contents  
iii  
Contents  
Contents  
About This Book  
v
Overview  
vi  
Organization  
vi  
Conventions Used in This Book  
How to Comment on This Document  
Resources  
viii  
ix  
ix  
Antistatic Protection  
xii  
xii  
xii  
xii  
xiii  
xiv  
Remove/Install Circuit Packs  
Security  
Trademarks  
Standards Compliance  
LASER Product  
1
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
Request Address Information  
1-1  
1-2  
1-9  
1-14  
Determine ATM Switch Suitability  
Schedule Installation or Upgrade  
2
3
Installing a DEFINITY ECS  
ATM-CES  
2-1  
2-3  
Equipment Installation  
NAA7 Board (csi/c models only)  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS  
ATM-PNC  
3-1  
3-1  
Equipment Installation  
4
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
Upgrade paths  
4-1  
4-1  
4-2  
4-3  
Preparation  
CSS to R8r ATM-PNC  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
April 2000  
Contents  
R6.3r ATM-PNC to R8r ATM-PNC  
R7r ATM-PNC to R8r ATM-PNC  
Screens and Tables  
4-13  
4-14  
4-21  
5
6
ATM-CES  
5-1  
5-1  
5-2  
Accessing Switches for Administration  
Acquiring ATM Addresses  
Troubleshooting  
6-1  
6-2  
Contact information  
Alarms and errors  
A
B
Baselining the Customer’s Configuration  
ATM Switch Administration  
A-1  
A-1  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Location-related Interactions  
Features Supported  
B-1  
B-1  
B-7  
Features Not Supported  
Delay Interactions  
B-10  
B-24  
Cross-product Compatibility  
GL Glossary and Abbreviations  
GL-1  
IN-1  
IN Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
About This Book  
v
About This Book  
This book provides procedures for installing ATM switches and upgrading  
existing DEFINITY® Enterprise Communications Servers to a Release 8.2  
ATM-PNC or ATM-CES. It specifically covers  
Installing a new DEFINITY ECS that uses ATM-PNC  
Replacing the center stage switch (CSS), the central interface between  
the PPN and EPNs, with ATM-PNC  
Upgrading Release 6.3 and Release 7 DEFINITY ATM-PNC to Release 8.2  
ATM-PNC  
Adding ATM-CES  
The information in this book is intended for use by  
Lucent and channel partner trained field installation and maintenance  
personnel  
Technical Services Center (TSC) and Global Service Organization (GSO)  
personnel  
InterNetwork Systems (INS) engineers and technicians  
Sales and Design Support Center (SDSC) personnel  
Data Services Support Center (DSSC)  
Sales associates  
Lucent channel partners  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
About This Book  
Overview  
vi  
Overview  
The DEFINITY ATM (asynchronous transfer mode) combines portions of the  
DEFINITY platform with an ATM switch platform that meets specific criteria.  
DEFINITY ATM offers both intraswitch and interswitch ATM solutions. The  
intraswitch solution is called the ATM port network connectivity, or ATM-PNC, and  
the interswitch solution is called ATM circuit emulation service, or ATM-CES.  
ATM-PNC is only available on the R6.3r or later platform.  
ATM-PNC provides an alternative to either the direct connect or center stage  
switch configurations for connecting the processor port network (PPN) to one or  
more expansion port networks (EPNs). ATM-PNC is available with four DEFINITY  
ECS reliability options—standard, high, ATM network duplication, and critical.  
Customers must choose whether they want direct connect, CSS, or ATM-PNC. It  
is not possible to mix configurations in the same R8r platform.  
ATM-CES lets the DEFINITY ECS emulate an ISDN-PRI trunk on an ATM facility.  
These virtual trunks can serve as integrated access, tandem, or tie trunks.  
ATM-CES emulates up to 8 ISDN spans on a single OC-3/STM-1 ATM interface.  
ATM wide area network (ATM-WAN) extends the port network connectivity  
beyond a single ATM switch over large distances. This allows you to use either a  
private ATM network, public WAN or a combination of both. Several networked  
ATM devices can be used as effectively as a single ATM switch for inter-port  
network connectivity.  
The DEFINITY ECS switch can connect through several ATM switch types, many  
of which are sold through Lucent’s InterNetworking Systems (INS) channel,  
formerly know as DNS. Also, DEFINITY ECS switches are designed to work  
seamlessly with non-Lucent ATM switches that meet ATM standards set by the  
European Union.  
For a current list of Lucent switches, go to the Infohub Web site  
(http://infohub.mt.lucent.com/) and select Product Index. Examples include the  
following equipment:  
Lucent Cajun M770 ATM switch  
Lucent PacketStar AC 60 or PSAX1250 access concentrators  
Organization  
This book contains 6 chapters and 2 appendices:  
Chapter 1, ‘‘Preparing for Installation and Upgrades’’ describes the  
preparation necessary before an installation and upgrade, including  
— network design considerations, including SVCs generated and  
network impacts that can restrict ATM switch  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
About This Book  
Organization  
vii  
customer site for equipment, translations, and scheduling  
upgrades and new installations  
— calculating the suitability of various Lucent ATM switches  
Chapter 2, ‘‘Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-CES’’ provides a procedure  
for  
— hardware installation: ATM circuit packs and the ATM switch.  
— cabling (I/O connector, fiber optic cables)  
Chapter 3, ‘‘Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC’’ provides a procedure  
for  
— hardware installation: ATM circuit packs, T1 or E1 synchronization  
— cabling (I/O connector, fiber optic cables)  
— ATM network duplication  
Chapter 4, ‘‘Upgrading to ATM-PNC’’ describes the preparation and  
various upgrade paths for the following upgrades:  
— center stage switch to Release 8 ATM-PNC  
— Release 6.3 and Release 7 DEFINITY ATM-PNC to Release 8  
ATM-PNC  
Chapter 5, ‘‘Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES’’ provides the  
— ATM port network connectivity (ATM-PNC)  
— ATM circuit emulation service (ATM-CES)  
Chapter 6, ‘‘Troubleshooting’’ describes troubleshooting scenarios and  
offers suggestions for isolating, fixing, and clearing DEFINITY ECS alarms  
and errors for  
— ATM-related synchronization  
— ATM switch administration  
Appendix A, ‘‘Baselining the Customer’s Configuration’’ provides a  
— DEFINITY ECS  
— Lightwave interface units  
Appendix B, ‘‘ATM Switch Feature Interactions’’ offers a quick-reference  
guide to the features supported and not supported and interactions  
among the DEFINITY ECS’s features.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
About This Book  
Conventions Used in This Book  
viii  
Conventions Used in This Book  
Typographic  
Information you type at the access terminal is shown in the following  
typeface: list system-parameters maintenance.  
Variables are shown in the following typeface: number.  
Field names and information displayed on the access terminal screen is  
shown in the following typeface: login.  
Keyboard keys are shown in the following typeface: Enter.  
Systems and circuit packs  
The word “system” is a general term encompassing Release 8 and  
includes references to the DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server  
models: Release 8r, Release 8si, Release 8csi, and Release 8c.  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server is abbreviated as DEFINITY  
ECS.  
Circuit pack codes (for example, TN780 or TN2182B) are shown with the  
minimum acceptable alphabetic suffix (like the “B” in the code TN2182B).  
Generally, an alphabetic suffix higher than that shown is also acceptable.  
However, not every vintage of either the minimum suffix or a higher suffix  
code is necessarily acceptable.  
The term “ASAI” is synonymous with the newer CallVisor ASAI.  
Admonishments  
Admonishments in this book have the following meanings:  
!
!
!
CAUTION:  
This sign is used to indicate possible harm to software, possible loss  
of data, or possible service interruptions.  
WARNING:  
This sign is used where there is possible harm to hardware or  
equipment.  
DANGER:  
This sign is used to indicate possible harm or injury to people.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
About This Book  
How to Comment on This Document  
ix  
Physical dimensions  
All physical dimensions in this book are in English units (feet [ft]) followed  
by metric (centimeter [cm]) in parenthesis.  
Wire gauge measurements are in AWG followed by the diameter in  
millimeters in parenthesis  
How to Comment on This Document  
Lucent Technologies welcomes your feedback. Your comments are of great value  
and help improve our documentation.  
Please fill out the reader comment card at the front of this manual and  
return it.  
If the reader comment card is missing, FAX your comments to  
1-303-538-1741 or to your Lucent Technologies representative, and  
mention this document’s name and number, DEFINITY Enterprise  
Communication Server Release 8 ATM Installation, Upgrade, and  
Administration, 555-233-124, Issue 1.  
Email your comments to [email protected]  
Resources  
Related Books  
The following books are useful for system-related information:  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Administration for  
Network Connectivity  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 System  
Description  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Maintenance for  
R8r  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Maintenance for  
R8si  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Maintenance for  
R8csi  
AT&T Network and Data Connectivity Reference  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Installation and  
Test for Multicarrier Cabinets  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Installation and  
Test for Single-Carrier Cabinets  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
About This Book  
Resources  
x
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Installation,  
Upgrades, and Additions for Compact Modular Cabinets  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Administrator’s  
Guide  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Upgrades and  
Additions for R8si  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Upgrades and  
Additions for R8r  
How to Order Books  
In addition to this book, other description, installation and test, maintenance, and  
administration books are available. A complete list of DEFINITY books can be  
found in the Business Communications System Publications Catalog.  
This book and any other DEFINITY books can be ordered directly from the  
Lucent Technologies Business Communications System Publications Fulfillment  
Center at 1-317-322-6791 or toll free at 1-800-457-1235.  
Other Resources  
The following table lists Web sites containing more information on Lucent’s ATM  
switch activities.  
Topic  
Location  
Sales and marketing, design,  
administration, maintenance,  
provisioning, and upgrade  
(migration) activities  
DEFINITY Solutions - ATM  
http://www.bcs.lucent.com/sales_  
General information on available  
Lucent ATM switches  
Infohub  
(available to Lucent personnel only)  
User manuals, installation guides,  
release notes, and help files  
Cajun Tech Pubs  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
About This Book  
Resources  
xi  
Where To Call for Technical Support  
Use the telephone numbers in Table 1 for the region in which the system is being  
installed.  
Table 1. Technical support contact numbers  
Telephone Number  
DEFINITY Helpline (feature administration and system  
applications)  
1-800-225-7585  
Lucent Technologies Toll Fraud Intervention  
1-800-643-2353  
1-800-242-2121  
Lucent Technologies National Customer Care Center (ATM  
customers)  
Lucent Technologies Corporate Security  
Streamlined Implementation (for missing equipment)  
USA/Canada Technical Service Center (ATM technicians)  
NetCare® Professional Services (NPS)  
International Technical Assistance (ITAC)  
Lucent Technologies Centers of Excellence  
Asia/Pacific Regional Support Center  
Western Europe/Middle East/South Africa  
Central/Eastern Europe  
1-800-822-9009  
1-800-772-5409  
1-800-248-1234  
1-800-237-0016  
1-303-804-3777  
65-872-8686  
44-1252-77-4800  
361-345-4334  
1-303-804-3778  
61-2-9352-9090  
1-800-248-1111  
Central/Latin America Caribbean  
Australia  
North America (INADS Database Administration)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
About This Book  
Antistatic Protection  
xii  
Antistatic Protection  
!
WARNING:  
To minimize electrostatic discharge (ESD), always wear an authorized wrist  
ground strap when handling circuit packs or any components of a  
DEFINITY System. Connect the strap to an approved ground such as an  
unpainted metal surface on the DEFINITY ECS switch.  
Remove/Install Circuit Packs  
!
CAUTION:  
The control circuit packs with white labels cannot be removed or installed  
when the power is on. The port circuit packs with gray labels (older version  
circuit packs had purple labels) can be removed or installed when the  
power is on.  
Security  
To ensure the greatest security possible, Lucent Technologies offers services that  
can reduce toll fraud liabilities. Contact your Lucent Technologies representative  
for more security information.  
Login security is an attribute of the DEFINITY ECS software. Advise customers  
that their existing passwords expire 24 hours after the upgrade. Also explain that  
the new passwords must conform to strict requirements.  
System administrators must keep network addresses confidential. A PPN or any  
endpoint masquerading as a PPN on the ATM network can seize that EPN and  
control it if that EPN is not already connected to its proper PPN.  
Trademarks  
This document contains references to the following Lucent Technologies  
trademarked products:  
ACCUNET®  
AUDIX®  
Callmaster®  
CallVisor®  
CONVERSANT®  
DEFINITY®  
FORUM™  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
About This Book  
Standards Compliance  
xiii  
MEGACOM®  
SYSTIMAX®  
TRANSTALK™  
The following products are trademarked by their corresponding vendor:  
Audichron® is a registered trademark of Audichron Company  
LINXis a trademark of Illinois Tool Works, Inc.  
Windows95/98/NT is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation  
Music Mate® is a registered trademark of Harris Corporation  
PagePac® is a registered trademark of Harris Corporation, Dracon  
Division  
Shockwatch® is a registered trademark of Media Recovery, Incorporated  
Styrofoam® is a registered trademark of Styrofoam Corporation  
Tiltwatch® is a registered trademark of Media Recovery, Incorporated  
Zone Mate® is a registered trademark of Harris Corporation  
Standards Compliance  
The equipment in this document complies with:  
ITU-T (Formerly CCITT)  
ECMA  
ETSI  
IPNS  
DPNSS  
National ISDN-1  
National ISDN-2  
ISO-9000  
ANSI  
FCC Part 15 and Part 68  
EN55022  
EN50081  
EN50082  
UNI 3.1  
CISPR22  
AustralDiaowAnSlo3ad5f4ro8m(WAwSw/N.SZom35an4u8a)ls.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
About This Book  
LASER Product  
xiv  
Australia AS3260  
IEC 825  
IEC 950  
UL1459  
UL 1950  
CSA C222 Number 225  
TS001  
ILMI 3.1  
LASER Product  
The DEFINITY ECS switch may contain a Class 1 LASER device (IEC 825 1993) if  
single-mode fiber optic cable is connected to a remote expansion port network  
(EPN). The laser device operates within the following parameters:  
Power output Wavelength Mode field diameter  
-5 dBm  
1310 nm  
8.8 mm  
!
DANGER:  
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than  
those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.  
Contact your Lucent Technologies representative for more information.  
Electromagnetic Compatibility  
Standards  
This product complies with and conforms to the following:  
Limits and Methods of Measurements of Radio Interference  
Characteristics of Information Technology Equipment, EN55022  
(CISPR22), 1993  
EN50082-1, European Generic Immunity Standard  
FCC Part 15  
Australia AS3548  
NOTE:  
The DEFINITY system conforms to Class A (industrial) equipment. Voice  
terminals meet Class B requirements.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
About This Book  
Electromagnetic Compatibility Standards  
xv  
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) IEC 1000-4-2  
Radiated radio frequency field IEC 1000-4-3  
Electrical Fast Transient IEC 1000-4-4  
Lightning effects IEC 1000-4-5  
Conducted radio frequency IEC 1000-4-6  
Mains frequency magnetic field IEC 1000-4-8  
Low frequency mains disturbance  
The system conforms to the following:  
Electromagnetic Compatibility General Immunity Standard, part 1;  
Residential, Commercial, Light Industry, EN50082-1, CENELEC, 1991  
Issue 1 (1984) and Issue 2 (1992), Electrostatic Discharge Immunity  
Requirements (EN55024, Part 2) IEC 1000-4-2  
Radiated Radio Frequency Field Immunity Requirements IEC 1000-4-3  
Electrical Fast Transient/Burst Immunity Requirements IEC 1000-4-4  
European Union Standards  
Lucent Technologies Business Communications Systems declares that the  
DEFINITY equipment specified in this document bearing the “CE” mark conforms  
to the European Union Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives.  
The “CE” (Conformité Europeénne) mark indicates conformance to the European  
Union Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (89/336/EEC) Low Voltage  
Directive (73/23/EEC) and Telecommunication Terminal Equipment (TTE)  
Directive (91/263/EEC) and with i-CTR3 Basic Rate Interface (BRI) and i-CTR4  
Primary Rate Interface (PRI) as applicable.  
The “CE” mark is applied to the following products:  
Global AC-powered Multicarrier Cabinet (MCC) with 25-Hz and 50-Hz ring  
generator  
DC-powered Multicarrier Cabinet (MCC) with 25-Hz ring generator  
AC-powered Enhanced Single-Carrier Cabinet (ESCC) with 25-Hz ring  
generator  
AC-powered Compact Single-Carrier Cabinet (CSCC) with 25-Hz ring  
generator  
AC-powered Compact Modular Cabinet (CMC) with 25-Hz and 50-Hz ring  
generator (for France)  
Enhanced DC Power System  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
About This Book  
Federal Communications Commission Statement  
xvi  
Federal Communications Commission  
Statement  
Part 68: Statement  
Part 68: Answer-Supervision Signaling. Allowing this equipment to be operated in  
a manner that does not provide proper answer-supervision signaling is in  
violation of Part 68 rules. This equipment returns answer-supervision signals to  
the public switched network when:  
Answered by the called station  
Answered by the attendant  
Routed to a recorded announcement that can be administered by the CPE  
user  
This equipment returns answer-supervision signals on all domestic DID calls  
forwarded back to the public switched telephone network. Permissible  
exceptions are:  
A call is unanswered  
A busy tone is received  
A reorder tone is received  
Lucent Technologies attests that this registered equipment is capable of  
providing users access to interstate providers of operator services through the  
use of access codes. Modification of this equipment by call aggregators to block  
access dialing codes is a violation of the Telephone Operator Consumers Act of  
1990.  
This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC Rules. On the rear of this  
equipment is a label that contains, among other information, the FCC registration  
number and ringer equivalence number (REN) for this equipment. If requested,  
this information must be provided to the telephone company.  
The REN is used to determine the quantity of devices which may be connected  
to the telephone line. Excessive RENs on the telephone line may result in devices  
not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most, but not all areas, the sum of  
RENs should not exceed 5.0. To be certain of the number of devices that may be  
connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact the local telephone  
company.  
NOTE:  
REN is not required for some types of analog or digital facilities.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
About This Book  
Federal Communications Commission Statement  
xvii  
Means of connection  
Connection of this equipment to the telephone network is shown in the following  
table.  
Manufacturer’s  
Port Identifier  
SOC/REN/  
A.S. Code  
FIC Code  
Network Jacks  
Off/On Premises Station  
OL13C  
9.0F  
RJ2GX,  
RJ21X, RJ11C  
DID trunk  
02RV2-T  
02GS2  
0.0B  
0.3A  
3.0A  
9.0F  
6.0F  
RJ2GX, RJ21X  
RJ21X  
CO trunk  
CO trunk  
02LS2  
RJ21X  
Tie trunk  
TL31M  
RJ2GX  
1.544 digital Interface  
1.544 digital Interface  
2.048 digital Interface  
120A2 channel service unit  
04DU9-B,C  
RJ48C, RJ48M  
RJ48C, RJ48M  
RJ48C, RJ48M  
RJ48C  
04DU9-BN,KN 6.0F  
04DU9-BN,KN 6.0F  
04DU9-DN  
6.0F  
If the terminal equipment (DEFINITY® System) causes harm to the telephone  
network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary  
discontinuance of service may be required. But if advance notice is not practical,  
the telephone company will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, you  
will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is  
necessary.  
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities, equipment,  
operations or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this  
happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to  
make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.  
If trouble is experienced with this equipment, for repair or warranty information,  
please contact the Technical Service Center at 1-800-242-2121. If the equipment  
is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request  
that you disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved.  
It is recommended that Lucent Technologies-certified technicians perform the  
repairs.  
The equipment cannot be used on public coin phone service provided by the  
telephone company. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs.  
Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission or  
corporation commission for information.  
This equipment, if it uses a telephone receiver, is hearing-aid compatible.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
About This Book  
Federal Communications Commission Statement  
xviii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
1
1-1  
Preparing for Installation and  
Upgrades  
1
This chapter contains information on preparing for the installation or upgrade to  
Release 8 ATM Port Network Connectivity (ATM-PNC) and ATM Circuit Emulation  
Service (ATM-CES).  
Common activities to either install or upgrade new ATM-PNCs or ATM-CESs  
include:  
Request Address Information  
Review Configuration and Equipment  
Determine ATM Switch Suitability  
Schedule Installation or Upgrade  
Preparing for a DEFINITY ATM switch installation or upgrade involves  
coordinating the efforts among the following people and organizations:  
The customer  
The project manager  
NetCare® Professional Services (NPS)  
Lucent Technical Service Center (TSC) or Global Strategic Opportunities  
(GSO) Division  
ATM switch technician  
Lucent channel partner, if applicable  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
Request Address Information  
1
1-2  
Request Address Information  
The complete DEFINITY ECS translations require precutover administration,  
which, in turn, requires a customer address scheme, specifically the ATM  
addresses for theTN2305/TN2306 ATM interface circuit pack(s). The address of  
the EPN is automatically read by the local ATM switch, using the address  
registration procedure defined in Integrated Local Management Interface (ILMI).  
If field technicians do not have the login permissions required to obtain the EPN’s  
ATM address(es) directly from the ATM switch(es), the customer or ATM switch  
installer must provide that information.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
Review Configuration and Equipment  
1
1-3  
Figure 1-1 shows and example of the basic ATM connections for Release 8r and  
Release 8csi system using ATM-PNC and ATM-CES. For more detailed  
connection diagrams of the reliability options, refer to ‘‘DEFINITY ECS  
configurations’’ on page 1-6.  
1
4
2
2
6
6
7
5
2
6
8
2
3
4
2
9
2
2
6
7
cydaaccs LJK 111099  
Figure Notes  
1. DEFINITY ECS PPN-1 (r)  
2. Lucent ATM switch  
5. DEFINITY ECS EPN in SCC  
6. ATM-PNC  
3. ATM network (the cloud)  
7. ATM-CES  
4. DEFINITY ECS EPN in MCC  
8. ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
9. DEFINITY ECS PPN-2 (csi)  
Figure 1-1. Example of an ATM-PNC and ATM-CES configuration  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
Review Configuration and Equipment  
1
1-4  
Required Hardware  
Table 1-1 lists the required equipment for standard, high, critical reliability, and  
ATM network duplication configurations.  
Table 1-1. Minimum required equipment for Release 8 ATM-PNC configurations  
Reliability level  
Critical/ATM  
Equipment  
Standard  
High  
Network Duplication  
ATM switch  
1
1
1
2
2
TN2305/TN2306 ATM interface1  
for each PN  
12  
T1 or E1 synchronization splitter3  
SC-connected fiber optic cable4  
1
1
1
1
2
2 (PPN)  
1 (each EPN)  
TN771 maintenance/test circuit  
pack5  
1
1. TN2305 (multimode fiber); TN2306 (single-mode fiber) for Release 8 ATM-PNC.  
2. High reliability requires 2 ATM-EI circuit packs in the PPN and 1 ATM-EI in each EPN.  
3. The number and uses of the synchronization splitter depend on the configuration and the source(s)  
from which primary and secondary synchronization is derived. You may need 1 sync splitter per  
ATM switch. DS1 synchronization requires either no sync splitter or up to a number twice the  
number of sites.  
4. Existing fiber optic cable may require an ST-to-SC adapter, depending on the interface at the ATM  
switch. The TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack requires an SC connector (1 adapter is included in the  
Fiber Pass-Through Kit).  
5. For network duplication; required for systems supporting PRI, BRI, or ASAI.  
To test the synchronization splitters, you need the following equipment:  
Phoenix 1541C Test Set with accessory cord kit  
Phoenix 5575A T1 Test Set with cord kit or equivalent  
700A DS1 CPE Loopback Jack1 (comcode 10798867)  
103A block  
1541CC cable kit  
1.  
See DEFINITY ECS Release 8 Maintenance for R8r, Chapter 6, DS1 Loopback Test for  
more information.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                       
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
Review Configuration and Equipment  
1
1-5  
RJ45-to-Bantam test cable from the 1541CC cable kit  
System capacities  
Table 1-2 lists the maximum number of TN2305/TN2306 circuit packs allowed in  
a DEFINITY ECS.  
Table 1-2. Maximum number of ATM interface TN2305/TN2306 circuit packs  
Maximum ATM circuit  
Platform  
packs allowed  
Description  
r
176  
2 x 44 port networks (CES) plus 2 in  
each PN (PNC)  
si, csi, c  
6
CES only (no PNC)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
Review Configuration and Equipment  
1
1-6  
DEFINITY ECS configurations  
Figure 1-2, Figure 1-3, and Figure 1-4 show the ATM-PNC connections for  
standard, high, and critical reliability, respectively.  
12  
11  
5
5
1
3
9
5
2
10  
7
8
6
10  
13  
5
4
cydaeps7 LJK 020100  
Figure Notes  
1. Public switched telephone network (PSTN)  
2. Main distribution frame (MDF) or smart jack  
3. Synchronization splitter.  
8. Lucent ATM switch (more than one ATM  
switch in an ATM-WAN configuration.)  
9. ATM switch access terminal  
10. Fiber optic cables from ATM  
OC-3/STM-1 interfaces  
4. DS1 circuit pack (TN464F)  
5. TN2305/TN2306 circuit packs  
6. DEFINITY ECS access terminal  
11. DEFINITY ECS EPN  
12. Split cabinet EPN  
13. DEFINITY ECS PPN  
7. Timing signal from synchronization splitter  
through an H600-383 cable to Lucent ATM switch  
Figure 1-2. ATM-PNC connections for standard reliability  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
Review Configuration and Equipment  
1
1-7  
11  
12  
5
5
5
1
10  
8
2
8
9
3
7
6
8
4
5
5
cydaeph4 LJK 020100  
Figure Notes  
1. Public switched telephone network (PSTN)  
2. Main distribution frame (MDF) or smart jack  
3. Synchronization splitter  
8. Fiber optic cables to ATM OC-3/STM-1  
interfaces  
9. Lucent ATM switch (more than one ATM  
switch in an ATM-WAN configuration.)  
4. DS1 circuit pack (TN464F)  
10. ATM switch access terminal  
11. DEFINITY ECS EPN  
12. Split-cabinet EPN  
5. TN2305/TN2306 circuit packs  
6. DEFINITY ECS access terminal  
7. Timing signal from synchronization splitter  
through an H600-383 cable to Lucent ATM switch  
Figure 1-3. ATM-PNC connections for high reliability  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
Review Configuration and Equipment  
1
1-8  
13  
14  
5
5
5
12  
10  
8
8
11  
9
7
6
1
8
8
2
4
5
3
5
cydaepn3 LJK 020100  
Figure Notes  
1. Public switched telephone network (PSTN)  
2. Main distribution frame (MDF) or smart jack  
3. Synchronization splitter  
8. Fiber optic cables to ATM interfaces  
9. Lucent ATM switch B  
10. ATM switch access terminal B  
11. Lucent ATM switch A  
4. DS1 circuit pack (TN464F)  
5. TN2305/TN2306 circuit packs  
12. ATM switch access terminal A  
13. DEFINITY ECS EPN  
6. DEFINITY ECS access terminal)  
7. Timing signal from synchronization splitter  
14. Split-cabinet EPN  
through an H600-383 cable to Lucent ATM switch  
Figure 1-4. ATM-PNC connections for critical reliability or ATM network  
duplication  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
Determine ATM Switch Suitability  
1
1-9  
Determine ATM Switch Suitability  
To fully support DEFINITY ATM-PNC and provide nonblocking ATM access  
between all port networks, ATM switches must support at least 400  
point-to-multipoint switched virtual connection (SVC) roots or leaves per  
OC-3/STM-1 interface. Because different switches have different limits—some  
limit roots, some leaves, and some the total, we have developed the Meiners’  
Algorithm to determine whether a switch can support a proposed set of port  
networks in a proposed switch. This algorithm is available to Lucent engineers as  
a calculator within a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. You may access the MS Excel  
file at http://info.dr.lucent.com/~meiners/atm.html . Check periodically for  
updates.  
For best results, use the calculator for one ATM switch at a time. Use trial and  
error to set the values in the user-defined values section until the feasibility  
indicator reports YES or PROBABLY.  
NOTE:  
Use of this spreadsheet is no substitute for thinking. Please apply basic  
sanity checks to the outcome. ATM switches may have limitations that the  
calculator does not consider.  
To use the calculator, type the network layout and resource limits for the ATM  
switch you are using. Refer to the following caveats as you input your information:  
1. Not all ATM switches have limits on all of the values. If a limit does not  
apply, enter any very large number (1000000 is good).  
2. Some ATM switches (for example, access concentrators) allow a limited  
ability to configure the limits. Other switches have fixed limits. If you do not  
know the limits, ask the ATM switch vendor.  
3. If your ATM switch is handling non-DEFINITY traffic, enter the resource  
limits after subtracting the resources used by the non-DEFINITY traffic.  
4. If you are using an ATM switch with different limits on different modules or  
ports (for example, Lucent Cajun M770):  
a. compute the average limits per port to which a DEFINITY port  
network is attached.  
b. select the port with the most restrictive limitations.  
c. enter the system limit as these limits times the number of DEFINITY  
port networks attached to that ATM switch.  
NOTE:  
The more partitioned the limits are, the less accurate are the  
results of the spreadsheet.  
5. If you answer "yes" to transit traffic, the calculator may or may not be able  
to determine feasibility. If it cannot, the feasibility displays as UNKNOWN.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
Determine ATM Switch Suitability  
1
1-10  
Figure 1-3 shows an example of a calculation.  
Table 1-3. Sample calculation  
Network Layout  
Customer  
SV  
AC120  
25  
ATM switch  
Total number of DEFINITY port networks:  
Number of PNs directly attached directly to this ATM switch:  
12  
Is the DEFINITY PPN directly attached to this ATM switch  
(yes/no)  
yes  
Number of trunks on this ATM switch (inter-ATM-switch  
connections)  
1
Any transit traffic through this ATM switch (yes/no)  
no  
Aggregate peak phone calls rate per hour in all directly  
connected PNs  
10000  
Bidirectional aggregate trunk bandwidth in Mbps  
Application bandwidth in kbps needed per port network  
ATM Switch Resource Limits (see "Limits" sheet for help)  
Number of PP SVCs supported:  
155.52  
128  
1000  
6250  
Number of PMP (roots) supported:  
Number of PMP parties (leaves) supported:  
Number of PMP endpoints (roots+leaves) supported:  
Total number of SVCs (PP+PMP) supported  
Per-port SVC limit (normally based on VCI range)  
Setups per second at <220 ms per setup  
Feasibility  
8334  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
PROBABLY  
2032 calls  
Bandwidth limited  
PROBABLY means that this application is okay under any reasonable loads.  
Check the constraint tests results to see what kind of loads might be a problem.  
YES means that this application is okay under any load.  
NO means that this application is not reasonable. See the Constraint Tests results  
to see what resource you are short of. See if you can increase this resource, or  
decrease the number of port networks.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
Determine ATM Switch Suitability  
1
1-11  
UNKNOWN means that special engineering is required for this application  
because of the transit traffic. The special treatment is necessary because the  
feasibility depends on the volume of the transit traffic. Making any of the changes  
suggested for NO above might make it feasible regardless of the transit traffic.  
Table 1-4. Constants  
Timeslots per port network  
Cache hit ratio  
500  
50%  
96  
EAL+PACL bandwidth  
Table 1-5. Computed values  
Number of nonlocal port networks  
13  
24  
Effective number of port networks for PP  
Effective number of port networks for PMP  
Number of available timeslots  
24  
10064  
572  
Per-port SVCs (PP+PMP) needed  
PP SVCs perPN  
3
Total PP SVCs  
72  
PP cells per second required over trunks  
Aggregate cells per second available over trunks  
Bandwidth-limited maximum phone calls over trunks  
Timeslot-limited maximum phone calls over trunks  
15158  
366792  
2032  
3000  
Constraint tests  
If your calculations do not yield a YES, this section provides the resources of  
which you are short. These tests check 7 ATM switch resource limitations against  
6 different application scenarios. A 1 in the Test Results (Table 1-7) indicates a  
passed test; a 0 indicates a failed test. To achieve a YES feasibility, all 42 tests  
must pass. To achieve a PROBABLY, only 21 tests (indicated in bold) must  
pass.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
Determine ATM Switch Suitability  
1
1-12  
Table 1-6. Application scenarios  
Number of 2-party calls  
Number of 3-party calls  
Number of 4-party calls  
Number of 5-party calls  
Number of 6-party calls  
2516  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1258  
279  
78  
0
0
0
0
1118  
0
0
0
629  
0
0
0
402  
0
0
25  
0
279  
18  
Table 1-7. Test results  
Constraint 1: Timeslots  
Constraint 2: PMP roots  
Constraint 3: PP  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
Constraint 4: PMP leaves  
Constraint 5: PMP endpoints  
Constraint 6: Total SVCs  
Constraint 7: Per-port SVCs  
Constraint 8:Performance  
Constraint 9:Trunk bandwidth  
Final notes  
The goal is to engineer the network so that in all reasonable applications, you  
always run out of DEFINITY time slots before running out of ATM switch  
resources. This is required to provide acceptable service to the customer.  
These calculations factor in phone calls only. There is no specific  
accommodation for the ATM SVC cache, or for special features such as music,  
announcements, and group paging. The theory behind using 500 as the number  
of timeslots in a port network rather than the real number (484) is to allow for a  
normal amount of these special features. If you use multiple music on hold, group  
paging, and so forth, you may need special engineering.  
This calculator determines that an application is PROBABLY feasible if it can  
handle reasonable activity mixes. The three columns in Table 1-7 that have bold  
entries define what is meant by reasonable. These tests require that the switch  
be able to handle a complete suite of 2-party calls, a complete suite of 3-party  
calls, and a mixed suite that involves some calls of each type. For best results,  
your application should pass all the constraint tests.  
Any ATM switch that processes transit traffic (that is, connections that do not  
either originate or terminate on any of the port networks directly attached to it)  
may require sDpoewcnilaoaldefnrogminWewewri.nSogm.aTnhuaisls.icsomp.oAsllsMibalneuaiflstSheearnchumAnbdeDrowonflotraudn. ks on the  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
Determine ATM Switch Suitability  
1
1-13  
ATM switch is more than one. If this is the case, the calculator first attempts to  
determine if the application is feasible despite the transit traffic. If it is, it reports  
the feasibility as YES or PROBABLY. If not, it reports the feasibility as  
UNKNOWN, requiring special engineering.  
Known limits of commonly used ATM switches  
Use the limits shown in Table 1-8 to do your own calculations. To make it easier  
as you use the calculator, we suggest that you  
1. Select and copy the values from the table in the spreadsheet.  
2. Select the values on the sample calculation.  
3. Select Edit > Paste Special with the transpose option to paste the values  
into the calculator.  
NOTE:  
These limits are the best we could determine at one time. For each switch,  
the example shown is generally the best you can do, assuming you bought  
the maximum configuration and you administered it optimally for DEFINITY  
(which are not necessarily the default settings). Consult the switch vendor  
for confirmation of current limits.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Preparing for Installation and Upgrades  
Schedule Installation or Upgrade  
1
1-14  
A limit shown as 1000000 means that this ATM switch has no independently  
defined limit on this resource.  
Table 1-8. Known limits of commonly used ATM switches  
Number  
of PMP  
endpoints  
(roots +  
leaves)  
Per-port  
SVC limit  
(normally  
based on  
VCI  
Number  
of PMP  
parties  
(leaves)  
supported  
Total  
Number  
of PP  
SVCs  
Number  
of PMP  
(roots)  
number  
of SVCs  
(PP+PMP)  
supported  
Setups/s  
at  
<220 s/set  
up  
Switch  
supported  
supported  
supported  
range)  
Lucent PSAX1250  
Release 5.0  
Release 5.1  
1000000  
1000000  
1000  
1000000  
1000000  
6250  
1000000  
1000000  
8334  
1000  
4000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
Release 6 (with  
recommended  
admin)  
1000000  
Lucent M770 r2  
Dual Domain  
Modules 1&8  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
4096  
2048  
1024  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
Dual Domain  
Modules 2-7&9-14  
Single Domain  
Fore ASX1000  
Release 6 (with  
2048  
2048  
16384  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
1000000  
memory model 5)  
Schedule the installation or upgrade with the Lucent Technologies Technical  
Support Organization (TSO) and NetCare® Professional Services (NPS). See  
‘‘Where To Call for Technical Support’’ on page -xi.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-CES  
Equipment Installation  
2
2-1  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS  
ATM-CES  
2
This chapter describes the procedures for installing a new DEFINITY ECS  
Release 8 ATM-CES The procedure is simple in that you install the DEFINITY ECS  
then install the ATM switch and the TN2305/TN2306 interface circuit packs.  
Making it an ATM-CES is done administratively (refer to Chapter 5, ‘‘Administering  
ATM-PNC and ATM-CES’’).  
NOTE:  
ATM-CES works only with TN2305/TN2306 ATM interface circuit packs.  
Equipment Installation  
To prepare for a new DEFINITY ECS ATM-CES installation, you need to install the  
DEFINITY ECS first. For instructions on installing DEFINITY ECS, refer to the  
following installation books:  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Installation and  
Test for Multicarrier Cabinets  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Installation and  
Test for Single-Carrier Cabinets  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Installation,  
Upgrades, and Additions for Compact Modular Cabinets  
Review the reliability configurations for DEFINITY Release 8 ATM (refer to Figure  
1-2 through Figure 1-4).  
The slot restrictions for a CES configuration are similar to ISDN-PRI circuit packs.  
In PPNs and EPNs, ATM interface circuit packs can occupy any available slot in  
a port carrier.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-CES  
Equipment Installation  
2
2-2  
Follow the steps in Table 2-1 to ensure that  
the applicable equipment is installed correctly.  
the customer’s configuration is properly recorded (use worksheet in  
Appendix A, ‘‘Baselining the Customer’s Configuration’’).  
Table 2-1. General installation process  
Step  
Action  
Description  
1.  
Install DEFINITY ECS Refer to the appropriate installation book for your platform  
See ‘‘DEFINITY ECS configurations’’ on page 1-6 for  
connection schematics.  
2.  
Install ATM switch(es)  
or access  
Refer to your ATM switch’s quick reference guide.  
concentrators  
3.  
4.  
Install ATM interface  
circuit pack  
Insert the TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack(s) into the  
appropriate slot(s).  
Route the fiber optic  
cables between the  
ATM switch and the  
DEFINITY PPN and  
EPNs.  
Follow the fiber pass-through procedure in the appropriate  
DEFINITY ECS installation book.  
!
WARNING:  
Be sure that the fiber optic cable is secured so that  
the door of the DEFINITY ECS switch does not pinch  
or bend the cable.  
For csi platform, see Figure 2-1 for a diagram of the NAA7  
board that routes fiber optic cabling from the back of the  
switch to the front.  
5.  
6.  
Connect the fiber  
optic cables  
Connect the fiber optic cables to the ATM switch.  
NOTE:  
If the installation uses the customer’s existing fiber,  
you may need an ST-to-SC adapter (1 included in  
Fiber Pass-Through Kit).  
Connect the fiber  
optic cables to the  
ATM interface circuit  
packs  
Connect fiber optic cable to the SC connector on the  
faceplate of each TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack in the  
DEFINITY PPN and EPN.  
The TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack interface requires SC  
connectors (see Note in Step 5).  
Do not reuse existing fiber cabling with ST connectors  
at both the DEFINITY ECS and the ATM switch. This  
requires an ST-to-SC adapter at both ends. It is better  
to order the cable with the SC connectors at both ends.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-CES  
NAA7 Board (csi/c models only)  
2
2-3  
Table 2-1. General installation process  
Step  
Action  
Description  
7.  
Record configuration  
Record DEFINITY ECS switch-to-ATM port (port locations  
for each ATM circuit pack) in Table A-1 in Appendix A,  
‘‘Baselining the Customer’s Configuration’’.  
8.  
Record fiber  
connections  
Record the fiber optic cable runs on the lightwave interface  
(LIU) diagram (Figure A-1 in Appendix A, ‘‘Baselining  
the Customer’s Configuration’’).  
NAA7 Board (csi/c models only)  
The NAA7 board routes fiber optic connections from the rear of the cabinet  
through the front faceplate as shown in Figure 2-1. The SC fiber connectors that  
go through the faceplate connect to the faceplate connectors on the  
TN2305/TN2306 ATM circuit pack.  
A
B
A
B
A
B
B
A
B
A
ckdanaa1 LJK 021199  
Figure 2-1. NAA7 board (csi and c models only)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-CES  
NAA7 Board (csi/c models only)  
2
2-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Equipment Installation  
3
3-1  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS  
ATM-PNC  
3
This chapter describes the procedures for installing a new DEFINITY ECS  
Release 8 ATM system. The process includes  
Equipment Installation  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
ATM Network Duplication  
If the ATM switch and interface circuit packs are already installed, then the actual  
upgrade to ATM-PNC is done administratively in Chapter 5, ‘‘Administering  
ATM-PNC and ATM-CES’’.  
To prepare for a new DEFINITY ECS ATM installation refer to the following books:  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Installation and  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Installation and  
Test for Single-Carrier Cabinets  
Review the reliability configurations for DEFINITY Release 8 ATM (refer to Figure  
1-2 through Figure 1-4) and determine the synchronization sources (DS1, E1, or  
ATM network).  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Equipment Installation  
3
3-2  
Slot restrictions for an ATM interface circuit packs are similar to expansion  
interface circuit packs:  
PPN: ATM interface circuit packs used for ATM-PNC must occupy the slots  
labeled EXPANSION INTERFACE.  
EPNs: ATM interface circuit packs used for ATM-PNC can occupy slot 1  
(and 2 if duplicated) on carrier A, and slot 2 (and 3 if duplicated) on carrier  
B
Follow the steps in Table 3-1 to ensure that  
the applicable equipment is installed correctly.  
the customer’s configuration is properly recorded (use worksheet in  
Appendix A, ‘‘Baselining the Customer’s Configuration’’).  
Table 3-1. General installation process  
Step  
Action  
Description  
1.  
Install DEFINITY ECS  
switch  
Refer to the appropriate installation book  
See ‘‘DEFINITY ECS configurations’’ on page 1-6 for  
connection schematics.  
2.  
Install ATM switch(es) Refer to your ATM switch’s quick reference guide.  
or access  
concentrators  
3.  
Check the distances  
from the ATM switch  
to the DS1 timing  
source  
Use the information in Table 3-3 to determine the  
maximum cable run lengths for the configuration for more  
information.  
4.  
5.  
Install ATM interface  
circuit pack  
Insert the TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack(s) into the  
appropriate slot(s).  
Route the fiber optic  
cables between the  
ATM switch and the  
DEFINITY PPN and  
EPNs.  
Follow the fiber pass-through procedure in the appropriate  
installation book.  
!
WARNING:  
Be sure that the fiber optic cable is secured so that  
the door of the DEFINITY ECS switch does not pinch  
or bend the cable.  
6.  
Connect the fiber  
optic cables  
Connect the fiber optic cables to the ATM switch.  
NOTE:  
If the installation uses the customer’s existing fiber,  
you may need an ST-to-SC adapter (1 included in  
Fiber Pass-Through Kit).  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-3  
Table 3-1. General installation process  
Step  
Action  
Description  
7.  
Connect the fiber  
optic cables to the  
ATM interface circuit  
packs  
Connect fiber optic cable to the SC connector on the  
faceplate of each TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack in the  
DEFINITY PPN and EPN.  
The TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack interface requires SC  
connectors (see Note in Step 5).  
Do not reuse existing fiber cabling with ST connectors  
at both the DEFINITY switch and the ATM switch. This  
to order the cable with the SC connectors at both  
ends.  
8.  
Record configuration  
Record DEFINITY ECS switch-to-ATM port (port locations  
for each ATM circuit pack) in Table A-1 (in Appendix A,  
‘‘Baselining the Customer’s Configuration’’).  
NOTE:  
to your ATM switch’s quick reference guide) and  
record them in Table A-1.  
9.  
Record fiber  
connections  
interface (LIU) diagram (Figure A-1) in Appendix A,  
‘‘Baselining the Customer’s Configuration’’.  
10.  
Install and test  
synchronization  
splitter, if required.  
Follow the procedures for installing and testing the  
synchronization splitter and the T1 or E1 timing source in  
‘‘Synchronization Installation and Testing’’ on page 3-3.  
Synchronization Installation and  
Testing  
A DEFINITY ATM-PNC requires network synchronization for DS1 circuit packs not  
to slip relative to the LEC/IXC switches. The ATM switch serves as the sync  
reference source for the DEFINITY. The ATM switch, in turn, derives primary and  
secondary sync. To accomplish this, the most common option is to use  
synchronization expanders (splitters).  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-4  
Connections without synchronization splitters  
In some configurations the ATM switches are traced to network clocks through  
their SONET/SDH interfaces, not requiring any synchronization splitters.  
However, the ATM switch could require a single splitter if only one of the sync  
sources is derived from the network.  
The ATM switches may obtain their network synchronization as follows:  
The ATM switch gets its network timing reference from its  
SONET/SDH/SDIT interface to that network.  
Or if the customer wants to use a DS1 source for network synchronization  
that also happens to be a DEFINITY ECS switch trunk, then one sync  
splitter is necessary to send a copy of that DS1 signal to the ATM switch.  
The DS1 circuit pack is only an indirect timing reference for the DEFINITY  
ECS switch.  
Connections needing synchronization splitters  
If the ATM network does not provide a synchronization expander (splitter), then  
the ATM configurations may require one that takes a DS1 T1 or E1 signal and  
redirects it to the  
ATM switch(es), depending on configuration and duplication  
DEFINITY ECS through the DS1 circuit pack  
This creates a single synchronization source.  
Check the customer’s configuration carefully so that you can  
Connect the hardware correctly during installation  
Properly administer the synchronization plan later (Chapter 5,  
This section covers the synchronization installation and test process.  
Splitter descriptions—Describes the splitter’s inputs and outputs  
Synchronization splitter connections—Connection diagrams for timing  
connections through a DSU/CSU (Figure 3-6) and an ICSU (Figure 3-7)  
Verify the DS1 service—Checks for presence of the DS1 T1 or E1 timing  
source and the general health of the DS1 circuit pack.  
Splitter port tests (401A/401A only)  
Installing a 400A T1 splitter  
Installing 401A, 402A, or 403A splitters  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-5  
Installing and testing the synchronization splitter involves interrupting the DS1  
signal provided by the service provider. Even though the DS1 circuit pack should  
be down less than 5 minutes, before removing a working T1/E1 span, contact the  
service provider. Failure to notify the T1/E1 service provider may result in:  
— The service provider looping the T1/E1 span back to the  
subscriber.  
— A span alarm being detected at the central office and the span  
being taken out of service, sending an AIS (blue Alarm) to the  
DEFINITY ECS. The synchronization signal is necessary for testing  
equipment and connections.  
Splitter descriptions  
Table 3-2 describes the 4 splitter models and their capabilities. The drawings  
show the splitters and their connection points. Figure 3-5 shows a schematic of  
the 2 jumper sets and their connections for 401A, 402A, and 403A sync splitters.  
Table 3-2. Synchronization splitter models and attributes  
Model  
400A  
401A  
402A  
403A  
T1/E1 Impedance Comcode  
Drawing  
Figure 3-1  
Figure 3-2  
Figure 3-3  
Figure 3-4  
Description/Application  
No ICSU capability  
T1  
T1  
E1  
E1  
100 Ω  
100 Ω  
120 Ω  
75 Ω  
108217795  
108508078  
108508094  
108508102  
Limited ICSU capability  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-6  
3
4
J 1  
2
J 2  
1
crda400a LJK 071698  
Figure Notes:  
1
1. From network interface  
3. Timing output port (J1) to the ATM switch  
4. Timing output port (J2) to the ATM switch  
1
2. Amphenol connection to  
DEFINITY ECS  
1. Ports J1 and J2 provide identical DS1 timing source signals to the ATM switches.  
The ATM switch can use two separate DS1 timing signals (one at a time from two  
separate spans).  
Figure 3-1. 400A synchronization splitter  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-7  
3
2
ALARM  
NETWORK  
s
ie  
g
lo  
o
n
h
c
Te  
5
t
n
e
c
u
L
401A  
1
T
108508078  
M
H
R
O
E
0
T
0
IT  
1
L
P
S
C
N
Y
S
1
DFENITY  
O
T
WITCH  
S
M
T
A
O
5
T
4
Figure Notes:  
1. Amphenol connector to  
DEFINITY ECS  
3. Timing alarm lead connection  
1
4. Timing output ports (RJ45) to ATM switch  
2. Network timing connection  
5. Jumpers and capacitors (inside case). See  
Figure 3-5 for settings.  
1. Ports J1 and J2 provide identical DS1 timing source signals to the ATM switches.  
The ATM switch can use two separate DS1 timing signals (one at a time from two  
separate spans).  
Figure 3-2. 401A synchronization splitter  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-8  
3
2
ALARM  
NETWORK  
s
ie  
g
lo  
o
n
h
c
Te  
5
t
n
e
c
u
L
402A  
1
E
108508094  
M
H
R
O
E
0
T
2
IT  
1
L
P
S
C
N
Y
S
1
DFENITY  
O
T
WITCH  
S
M
T
A
O
5
T
4
Figure Notes:  
1. Amphenol connector to  
DEFINITY ECS  
3. Timing alarm lead connection  
1
4. Timing output ports (RJ45) to ATM switch  
2. Network timing connection  
5. Jumpers and capacitors (inside case). See  
Figure 3-5 for settings.  
1. Ports J1 and J2 provide identical DS1 timing source signals to the ATM switches.  
The ATM switch can use two separate DS1 timing signals (one at a time from two  
separate spans).  
Figure 3-3. 402A synchronization splitter  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-9  
5
4
X
T
K
R
X
R
O
W
T
E
N
echnologies  
T
6
Lucent  
403A  
108508102  
E1  
OHM  
75  
SPLITTER  
SYNC  
1
DFENITY  
O
T
H
C
IT  
W
S
M
T
A
6
TO  
3
2
Figure Notes:  
1. Amphenol connector to DEFINITY  
ECS  
4. Network receive connection, BNC  
connector  
2. Synchronization source (timing  
5. Network transmit connection, BNC  
connector  
1
output ports) to ATM switch  
3. Synchronization source (timing  
6. Jumpers and capacitors (inside case).  
See Figure 3-5 for settings.  
1
output ports) to ATM switch  
1. These are identical DS1 timing source signals to the ATM switches. The ATM switch  
can use two separate DS1 timing signals (one at a time from two separate spans).  
Figure 3-4. 403A synchronization splitter  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-10  
8
NETWORK ALARM  
4
6
4
2
5
3
1
7
3
RX  
TX  
402A  
108508094  
120 OHM E1  
SYNC SPLITTER  
1
5
6
4
2
5
3
1
6
TX  
TX  
TO ATM SWITCH  
jpda40xa KLC 020300  
Figure Notes:  
1. Amphenol connection to DEFINITY  
ECS switch  
6. True ground  
7. Cable shield grounded  
2. Row of capacitors  
8. Jumper 1-2 = true ground  
Jumper 5-6 = shield grounded  
3. Jumpers for incoming network  
connections  
Jumper 3 = ATM switch A TX cable ground  
Jumper 4 = ATM switch B TX cable ground  
Default connections = 3-5, 4-6  
4. Incoming network transmit and  
receive connections  
9. Output jumpers  
5. Jumper 1-2 = true ground  
Jumper 5-6 = shield grounded  
Jumper 3 = TX cable ground  
Jumper 4 = RX cable ground  
Default connections = 1-2, 3-5  
10. Timing output to ATM switch A  
11. Timing output to ATM switch B  
Figure 3-5. Jumper settings (401A/402A/403A)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-11  
Synchronization splitter connections  
The splitter connects to a timing source. Figure 3-6 shows the synchronization  
connections through a DSU/CSU (400A), and Figure 3-7 shows the  
synchronization connections through an ICSU (400A). Figure 3-8 shows the  
synchronization connections directly to the timing source (401A, 402A, 403A).  
1
8
9
7
6
2
5
4
3
cydaatm2 LJK 020100  
Figure Notes:  
1. Public Switched Telephone  
Network (PSTN)  
6. H600-383 quad cable from sync splitter to ATM  
switch A  
2. Main distribution frame (MDF) or  
smart jack.  
7. H600-383 quad cable from sync splitter to ATM  
switch B (critical reliability/ATM network  
duplication)  
3. Channel service unit (CSU)  
4. H600-307-GR2 cable  
8. Lucent ATM switch A  
9. Lucent ATM switch B (critical reliability/ATM  
network duplication)  
5. 400A T1 (100 Ω) splitter connects  
to the DEFINITY ECS  
Figure 3-6. Synchronization connections through an external DSU/CSU  
(400A)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-12  
Use the information in Table 3-3 to determine the maximum cable run lengths for  
the configuration.  
7
8
6
5
1
2
4
9
3
cydaatm1 LJK 020100  
Figure Notes:  
1. Public Switched Telephone  
Network (PSTN)  
5. H600-383 quad cable from sync splitter to ATM  
switch A  
6. H600-383 quad cable from sync splitter to  
duplicated ATM switch B (critical reliability)  
2. Main Distribution Frame (MDF) or  
smart jack  
7. Lucent ATM switch A  
3. H600-383 quad cable  
4. 400A T1 (100 Ω) splitter connected  
8. Lucent ATM switch B (critical reliability/ATM  
network duplication)  
to DEFINITY ECS  
9. ICSU  
Figure 3-7. Synchronization connections through an ICSU (400A)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-13  
1
3
2
7
4
6
8
5
cydaatm3 KLC 020200  
Figure Notes:  
1. Public switched telephone network  
(PSTN)  
5. H600-383 quad cable from sync splitter to ATM  
switch A  
6. H600-383 quad cable from sync splitter to  
duplicated ATM switch B (critical reliability/ATM  
network duplication)  
2. Main distribution frame (MDF) or  
smart jack  
3. H600-383 quad cable  
7. Lucent ATM switch A  
4. 401A T1 (100 Ω) splitter,  
402A E1 (120 Ω) splitter, or  
403A E1 (75 Ω) splitter connected  
to DEFINITY ECS  
8. Lucent ATM switch B (critical reliability/ATM  
network duplication)  
Figure 3-8. Synchronization connections directly to timing source  
(401A/402A/403A)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-14  
Use the information in Table 3-3 to determine the maximum cable run lengths for  
the configuration.  
Table 3-3. Maximum cable lengths  
Maximum distance from  
Splitter  
Used in  
Cable  
splitter to ATM switch  
1
400A  
T1  
North America  
(USA and Canada)  
H600-383  
shielded  
250 feet  
76 meters  
100 Ω  
twisted pair  
1
2
401A  
T1  
North America  
(USA and Canada)  
H600-383  
shielded  
1310 feet  
393 meters  
100 Ω  
twisted pair  
2
402A  
E1  
120 Ω  
See Table 3-4  
See Table 3-4  
120-Ω  
shielded  
twisted pair  
1000 feet  
305 meters  
2
403A  
E1  
75-Ω  
coaxial  
1000 feet  
305 meters  
75 Ω  
1. Must have RJ45 connectors on each end.  
2. The loss allowed in the cable is 6 dB. Typical cables have losses of 0.6 dB/100 ft;  
hence, 1000 feet may be considered a typical distance. Distance varies if cables with  
different losses are used.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-15  
Table 3-4 lists the splitter model(s) applicable to specific countries.  
Table 3-4. Country-specific splitter applications  
Splitter model  
400A/401A 402A  
403A  
E1  
Country  
T1  
E1  
100 Ω  
120 Ω  
75 Ω  
Argentina  
Australia  
Austria  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Bahrain  
Belgium  
Brazil  
Canada  
China  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Columbia  
Denmark  
Egypt  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Finland  
France  
Germany  
Hong Kong  
India  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Indonesia  
Ireland  
Italy  
1
Japan  
Korea  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Luxembourg  
Malaysia  
Mexico  
Netherlands  
New Zealand  
Norway  
Y
Y
Y
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-16  
Table 3-4. Country-specific splitter applications —  
Continued  
Splitter model  
400A/401A 402A  
403A  
E1  
Country  
T1  
E1  
100 Ω  
120 Ω  
75 Ω  
Philippines  
Poland  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Portugal  
Russia  
Saudi Arabia  
Singapore  
South Africa  
Spain  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Sri Lanka  
Sweden  
Switzerland  
Taiwan  
Ukraine  
UAE  
UK  
USA  
Y
Uzbekistan  
Vietnam  
Y
Y
Y
Y
1. Japan uses both 75-and 120-T1; 402A and 403A sync  
splitters will also work with T1s.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-17  
Verify the DS1 service  
To verify the DS1 service, use the procedure in Table 3-5. Have the ATM switch  
installer verify the synchronization source.  
Table 3-5. T1 or E1 service verification procedure  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
1.  
Check timing  
signal  
Check that the GREEN STATUS 3 LED on the  
designated DS1 circuit pack is on steady.  
2.  
Test the DS1  
circuit pack  
test board  
UUCSS  
Test the designated DS1 board.  
If any one of Test 138 through 145 fails, follow the  
repair procedures listed in DEFINITY ECS Maintenance  
for R8r.  
3.  
4.  
Run error report  
list  
Verify that the report is free of errors.  
measurements  
ds1 UUCSS  
summary  
See Table 3-6 to help interpret the report.  
Identify active  
synchronization  
source  
status  
synchronization  
Verify that the designated DS1 circuit pack is the active  
sync source.  
Note: The DS1circuit pack is not the sync source; it  
simply shows where the sync splitter is connected.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-18  
Table 3-6. Interpretation of the list measurements report  
Displayed  
Field  
Function  
Indication  
Test:  
cpe-loopbac  
k-jack  
3-in-24 stress The loopback jack test is active  
test pattern  
Synchronize  
d
= Y  
= N  
The DS1 circuit pack is synchronized to the looped  
3-in-24 pattern and is counting the bit errors detected  
in the pattern until the test is ended.  
Retry the test:  
1. Stop the test (test ds1-loop UUCSS end  
cpe-loopback-jack-test).  
2. Restart the test (test ds1-loop UUCSS  
cpe-loopback-jack-test-begin)  
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 a maximum of 5 times, as  
necessary.  
If the circuit pack never synchronizes, it is possibly  
due to intermittent connections or a broken wire in a  
receive or transmit wire pair.  
Bit Error  
Count  
Cumulative  
detected  
errors  
0 indicates that there are no wiring problems.  
A count that sits at 65535 or continues to increment  
by several hundred to several thousand errors with  
each subsequent list measurements command  
indicates  
Intermittent or corroded connections  
Severe crosstalk  
Impedance imbalances between the two  
conductors of the receive or the transmit pairs.  
1. Replace wiring, if necessary.  
2. Note whether the Extended Super Frame (ESF)  
error and performance counters summaries  
(errored seconds, bursty errored seconds, and so  
forth) also increment. Although these counters are  
not used with the loopback jack test, they do  
increment as errors occur.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-19  
Installing and testing the splitter  
The splitter must be installed and tested before the upgrade and cutover. The  
purpose of testing the splitter is to  
Prove that there is enough signal level for the cable length to the ATM  
switch:  
— up to 130 ft. (39.65 m) for 400A  
— within the standard 6 dB allowable loss for 401A, 402A, and 403A  
(see Table 3-3)  
Ensure that the DS1 circuit pack functions properly while receiving the  
DS1 signal level output from the splitter (Ports J1 and J2 unterminated).  
Table 3-7 shows the configurations of the test cable and ports on the sync  
splitter.  
Table 3-7. Cable and port configurations for splitter tests  
To test  
Port J1  
Port J2  
Description  
Insert an opening plug into port J2  
Insert an opening plug into port J1  
Insert an opening plug into both ports J1 and J2  
Maximum output of the splitter  
to the DS1 circuit pack  
Splitter port tests (401A/401A only)  
NOTE:  
The standard RJ45-to-Bantam test cable does not work with the 403A.  
To test the splitter ports J1 or J2, use the procedures in Table 3-8, using the RJ45  
to Bantam Test cable from the 1541CC cable kit.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-20  
Table 3-8. Testing the splitter ports  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
1.  
Terminate one  
or more ports  
Plug the RJ45 (modular) end of the DS1 test cable  
into the jack (J1 or J2) you wish to test on the  
splitter.  
2.  
3.  
Connect to  
DS1 circuit  
pack  
Plug the Bantam Plug end (plug with the black  
band) of the DS1 test cable into the Equipment-In  
(EI) jack on the DS1 circuit pack faceplate.  
Test  
DS1circuit  
pack  
test board  
UUCSS  
Wait 30 seconds, then test the circuit pack.  
If any tests fail, wait 5 minutes and test the DS1  
circuit pack again.  
4.  
5.  
Replace  
splitter if  
necessary  
If any test still fails, replace the splitter and retest.  
Escalate if  
necessary  
If the test still fails, escalate to Tier 3.  
Installing a 400A T1 splitter  
NOTE:  
Make sure you are connected to the network before connecting to the  
DEFINITY ECS.  
Once the sync splitter passes the DS1 span tests, it can be installed and tested  
in place. The 400A sync splitter can be either  
Connected through an ICSU  
Connected through a DSU/CSU.  
NOTE:  
If using a TN464F/TN767E v18 or earlier, you must reseat the circuit pack  
each time the splitter is plugged on.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-21  
Connected through an ICSU. Use the procedures in Table 3-9 to install the  
splitter between an ICSU and a DS1 circuit pack.  
Table 3-9. Installing the splitter through an ICSU  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
1.  
Disable  
synchronization  
switch  
disable  
synchronization  
-switch  
Prevent the system from switching synchronization  
sources.  
2.  
3.  
Busyout DS1  
circuit pack  
busyout board  
UUCSS  
Busyout the designated DS1circuit pack.  
Remove cable  
from DS1 circuit  
pack  
Remove the existing H600-307 cable from the backplane  
slot corresponding to the designated DS1 circuit pack.  
4.  
Remove ICSU  
Remove the ICSU from the designated DS1 circuit pack’s  
amphenol connector.  
Re-use the existing cable attached to the ICSU.  
5.  
Attach splitter  
Attach ICSU  
Plug the splitter into the same connector just vacated by  
the ICSU.  
6.  
7.  
Plug the ICSU into the connector on the splitter.  
Reconnect  
cable  
Connect the H600-307 cable to the amphenol connector  
on the ICSU.  
8.  
9.  
Check  
connections  
Check that all Amphenol connections are good.  
Secure splitter  
Secure the splitter to the carrier using the 4C retainer from  
the ICSU.  
10.  
11.  
Secure ICSU  
Secure the ICSU to the splitter with a long cable tie.  
Terminate the  
splitter ports J1  
and J2  
Insert a modular RJ45 plug in both ports J1 and J2. Do not  
connect port J1 to port J2, but leave the other end of both  
cords free. The modular RJ45 plug acts as an opening  
plug and removes the 100-termination from port J1 and  
J2 on the splitter.  
12.  
13.  
Check DS1  
Status 3 LED  
After about 20 seconds the LEDs on the DS1 circuit pack  
should go out, leaving only the GREEN STATUS 3 LED on.  
Test the DS1  
circuit pack  
test board  
UUCSS  
Test the circuit pack.  
If any one of Tests 138 - 145 fails, follow the repair  
procedures listed in DEFINITY ECS Maintenance for R8r  
14.  
Clear the error  
clear  
Clear the error events counter.  
events counters  
measurements  
ds1  
esf-error-events  
UUCSS  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-22  
Table 3-9. Installing the splitter through an ICSU Continued  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
15.  
Run report  
list  
Wait 15 minutes before entering the command.  
If the DS1 circuit pack is not error-free, refer to  
‘‘Troubleshooting synchronization (400A only)’’ on page  
6-17.  
measurements  
ds1 summary  
UUCSS  
16.  
17.  
Replace  
connections  
After testing is complete, remove the modular RJ45  
opening plugs from port J1 and J2 of the splitter, and  
reconnect the cables to the port(s).  
Test the ICSU  
Depending on the ICSU model, go to the appropriate  
section:  
Testing the 120A ICSU (Table 3-10)  
Testing the 120A 2 ICSU (Table 3-11)  
Test the 120A ICSU with either a 700A DS1 CPE loopback jack or a 103A block.  
Use the procedure in Table 3-10 to test a splitter connected through an ICSU.  
Table 3-10. The 120A ICSU test procedure  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
1.  
Connect 103A  
block if  
If the 700A DS1 CPE Loopback Jack is not installed or if  
the ICSU is not a 120A:  
necessary  
Connect a 103A block at the Smart Jack end of the  
H600-383 cable.  
On the 103A block, strap pin1 to pin 3 and pin 2 to  
pin 4, which provides a loopback to the ICSU.  
1
2.  
3.  
Test the DS1  
circuit pack  
test board UUCSS Test the DS1 circuit pack.  
If any one of Tests 138 through 145 fails, follow the repair  
procedures listed in DEFINITY ECS Maintenance for R8r  
Clear the error  
events  
counters  
clear  
Clear the error events counters.  
measurements  
ds1  
esf-error-events  
UUCSS  
4.  
5.  
Run report  
list measurements  
ds1 summary  
UUCSS  
Wait 15 minutes before entering the command.  
To interpret the results, refer to Table 3-6.  
If the DS1 circuit pack is not error-free, refer to  
‘‘Troubleshooting synchronization (400A only)’’ on page  
6-17.  
Remove the  
103A block  
Remove the 103A block from Step 1.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-23  
Table 3-10. The 120A ICSU test procedure — Continued  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
Reconnect the  
cable  
Connect the H600-383 cable to the smart jack or dumb  
block.  
6.  
1. For more information about Smart Jack CPE Testing, see DEFINITY ECS Release 8  
Maintenance for R8r, Chapter 6, “DS1 CPE Loopback Jack Installation and Operations  
Instructions.”  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-24  
Use the procedures in Table 3-11 to test the 120A ICSU with the 700A DS1 CPE  
loopback jack.  
Table 3-11. Testing the 120A 2 ICSU  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
1.  
Busyout the  
DS1 circuit pack  
busyout board  
UUCSS  
Busyout the DS1 circuit pack.  
2.  
3.  
Start the CPE  
loopback test  
test ds1-loop  
UUCSS  
cpe-loopback-  
jack-test-begin  
Start the CPE loopback test.  
If the test passes, the splitter is functioning  
properly; go to Step 3.  
If the test fails, follow the procedures in  
‘‘Troubleshooting synchronization (400A  
only)’’ on page 6-17.  
Terminate the  
test  
test ds1-loop  
UUCSS  
Terminate the test .  
end-loopback/  
span-test  
4.  
5.  
Release the  
DS1 circuit pack  
release board  
UUCSS  
Release the DS1 circuit pack .  
Reassign  
change  
Reassign sync to the designated DS1 circuit pack .  
synchronization  
synchronization  
Connected through a DSU/CSU. Before connecting any of the timing hardware,  
ensure that the DSU/CSU is configured to report loss of signal alarms.  
If using a 316X CSU connected to a T1 facility and used as the DEFINITY  
synchronization source, verify or change the 316X settings (options) to ensure  
that it sends an AIS blue alarm to the DEFINITY ECS DS1 circuit pack or to the  
ATM switch whenever a network LOS (loss of signal) occurs. Upon receiving a  
LOS, the DEFINITY ECS or ATM switch transfers to its backup synchronization  
source.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-25  
To configure the 316X CSU to send an AIS blue alarm, use the procedures in  
Table 3-12.  
Table 3-12. Configuring the 316X CSU to send AIS blue alarm  
Step  
1.  
Action  
Description  
Configure CSU  
At the 316X CSU press the double-up arrow  
Press the button under “Cnfig.”  
2.  
Go through the  
readout steps  
3.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
7.  
Continue  
Continue  
Continue  
Continue  
Continue  
Press the button under “Activ.”  
Press the button under “Edit.”  
Press the right arrow until “GEN” displays.  
Press the button under “GEN.”  
Press F1 (“Next”) until “Gen Yellow Alarm” displays. (This  
option defaults as enabled.)  
8.  
9.  
Continue  
Continue  
Press the button under “Disabled.”  
Press the double-up arrow.  
Save Optiondisplays when “Enabled” changes to  
“Disabled.”  
10.  
11.  
Save settings  
Save options  
Press the button under the word “Yes” at the “Save  
Options Yes or No” prompt. Otherwise press F1 twice.  
Press the button under “Activ” when asked where to save  
the options.  
12.  
13.  
Return to default  
screen  
The CSU times out to its default ESF CSU Operational  
screen or set it there by pressing the double-up arrow  
once and then pressing F1 twice.  
Go to Table 3-13 to install the splitter.  
Install the splitter  
NOTE:  
All four faceplate status LEDs on the DS1 circuit pack are dark (not lit) when  
using an external CSU or DSU/CSU. The STATUS LEDs on the DS1 circuit  
pack are only functional with a 120A ICSU.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-26  
To install a 400A sync splitter between a CSU or DSU/CSU and a DS1 circuit  
pack, follow the procedures listed in Table 3-13.  
Table 3-13. Splitter installation to DS1  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
1.  
Disable  
disable  
Prevent the system from switching  
synchronization synchronization synchronization sources.  
switch  
-switch  
2.  
3.  
Busyout DS1  
circuit pack  
busyout board  
UUCSS  
Busyout the designated DS1 circuit pack.  
Remove cable  
from DS1  
circuit pack  
Remove the H600-307 cable from the amphenol  
connector located on rear of the DS1 circuit  
pack.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
Attach the  
splitter  
Plug the splitter into the same connector just  
vacated by the H600-307 cable.  
Reconnect the  
cable  
Plug the H600-307 cable into the connector on  
the splitter.  
Secure the  
splitter  
Secure the splitter to the carrier using the large  
mounting strap removed from a fiber  
transceiver.  
7.  
8.  
9.  
Check  
connections  
Check that all Amphenol connections are  
secure.  
Release DS1  
circuit pack  
release board  
UUCSS  
Restore the designated DS1 circuit pack to  
service.  
Test the splitter  
Use the procedure in ‘‘Splitter port tests  
(401A/401A only)’’ on page 3-19.  
Before testing the splitter, insert a modular  
RJ45 plug into jack J1 and jack J2.  
NOTE:  
Do not connect port J1 to port J2. Leave  
the other end of both cords free, because  
the modular RJ45 plug acts as a opening  
plug and removes the 100-termination  
from J1 and J2 ports.  
After testing is complete, remove the  
opening plugs from J1 and J2.  
10.  
Check  
DSU/CSU  
LEDs  
After about 20 s, all the alarm LEDs on the 316X  
CSU or DSU/CSU should go out.  
If this is the case, perform steps 11 through 12.  
Otherwise, go to step 13.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-27  
Table 3-13. Splitter installation to DS1 — Continued  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
11.  
Check for CSU  
alarms  
Verify that no alarms are against the CSU (the  
OK, SIG, SIG LEDs are lit).  
12.  
Test the circuit  
pack  
test board  
UUCSS  
Verify that the DS1 circuit pack passes Tests  
138 through 145. If these tests pass and this is  
a new installation, go to Step 14.  
If any one of Test 138 through 145 fails, follow  
the repair procedures listed in DEFINITY ECS  
Maintenance for R8r.  
After clearing all errors, retest the circuit pack.  
13.  
14.  
Run error  
report  
list  
Wait 15 minutes. Check the error report and  
verify that the DS1 circuit pack is free of any  
errors.  
measurements  
ds1 summary  
UUCSS  
To interpret the periodic list measurements  
report.  
DTE and RLB  
loopback tests  
(new  
Perform both DTE and RLB loopback test at the  
316X CSU or DSU/CSU to verify that the DS1  
board can successfully transmit and receive a  
DS1 signal through the splitter to the 316X and  
back to the DS1 board.  
installations)  
Go to the ‘‘DTE loopback procedure’’ on page  
3-27 and ‘‘RLB loopback procedure’’ on page  
3-28  
DTE loopback procedure. To start the Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) loopback  
at the 316X CSU or DSU/CSU, use the procedures in Table 3-14.  
Table 3-14. DTE loopback testing for the 316X DSU/CSU  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
1.  
Begin the  
Press the double-up arrow button.  
loopback test  
2.  
Go through the  
readout steps  
Press the button under “Test.”  
Press the button under “Lpbk.”  
3.  
Continue  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-28  
Table 3-14. DTE loopback testing for the 316X DSU/CSU Continued  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
4.  
Continue  
Press the button under “DLB.”  
Test Starteddisplays. The 316X is now in  
DTE loopback.  
5.  
6.  
Test the circuit  
pack  
test board  
UUCSS  
At the DEFINITY management terminal.  
If any one of Test 138 through 145 fails, follow  
the repair procedures listed in DEFINITY ECS  
Maintenance for R8r.  
Run error  
report  
list  
Wait 15 minutes and verify that the DS1 circuit  
pack is free of any errors.  
measurements  
ds1 summary  
UUCSS  
Use Table 3-6 to interpret the periodic list  
measurements report.  
7.  
8.  
Terminate the  
DTE loopback  
test  
Press the double-up arrow button.  
Go through the  
readout steps  
Press the button under “test.”  
9.  
10.  
11.  
12.  
Continue  
Continue  
Continue  
Press the button under “lpbk.”  
Press the button under “abort.”  
Press the button under “all.”  
Continue test  
procedure  
If all tests pass, and the splitter, cabling, and  
316X CSU or DSU/CSU are working properly,  
go to the ‘‘RLB loopback procedure’’ on page  
3-28.  
RLB loopback procedure . To start the RLB loopback testing at the 316X CSU or  
DSU/CSU, use the procedures in Table 3-15.  
Table 3-15. RLB loopback testing for the 316X DSU/CSU  
Step  
1.  
Action  
Command  
Description  
Start the test.  
Press the double-up arrow button.  
Press the button under “Test.”  
2.  
Go through the  
readout steps  
3.  
Continue  
Press the button under “Lpbk.”  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-29  
Table 3-15. RLB loopback testing for the 316X DSU/CSU Continued  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
4.  
Continue  
Press the button under “RLB.”  
Test Starteddisplays. The 316X is now in  
RLB loopback.  
5.  
6.  
Test the circuit  
pack  
test board  
UUCSS  
If any one of Test 138 through 145 fails, follow  
the repair procedures listed in DEFINITY ECS  
Maintenance for R8r.  
Run error  
report  
list  
Wait 15 minute, then verify that the DS1 circuit  
pack is free of any errors.  
measurements  
ds1 summary  
UUCSS  
Use Table 3-6 to interpret the periodic list  
measurements report.  
7.  
8.  
Terminate the  
RLB loopback  
test  
Press the double-up arrow button.  
Go through the  
readout steps  
Press the button under “test.”  
9.  
10.  
11.  
Continue  
Continue  
Continue  
Press the button under “lpbk.”  
Press the button under “abort.”  
Press the button under “all.”  
If all tests pass, and the splitter, cabling, and  
316X CSU or DSU/CSU are working properly.  
12.  
13.  
Return  
DSU/CSU to  
service  
Press the double-up arrow.  
Go through the  
readout steps  
Press the right-arrow button until “Cntrl”  
displays.  
14.  
15.  
16.  
Continue  
Continue  
Continue  
Press the button under “Cntrl.”  
Press the button under “LED.”  
Press the button under the word PRT1, PRT2,  
PRT3 or PRT4 as required.  
17.  
Verify that the  
DSU/CSU is in  
normal  
Press the double-up arrow once, then press  
the F1 button twice. ESF CSU  
OPERATIONALdisplays.  
operating  
mode.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-30  
Installing 401A, 402A, or 403A splitters  
To install a 401A, 402A, or 403A sync splitter between the network and a DS1  
circuit pack, follow the procedures listed in Table 3-16.  
Table 3-16. Splitter installation to DS1 (401A/402A/403A)  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
1.  
Disable  
disable  
Prevent the system from switching  
synchronization synchronization synchronization sources.  
switch  
-switch  
2.  
3.  
Busyout DS1  
circuit pack  
busyout board  
UUCSS  
Busyout the designated DS1 circuit pack.  
Administer  
sync splitter  
change DS1  
UUCSS  
Administer the sync splitter.  
For T1, set the Near-end CSU Type:field  
to integrated (see Screen 3-1).  
For E1, set the E1 Sync-Splitter?field to  
y (see Screen 3-2).  
4.  
Remove cable  
from DS1  
circuit pack  
Remove the cable from the amphenol  
connector located on rear of the DS1 circuit  
pack.  
5.  
6.  
7.  
Attach the  
splitter  
Plug the splitter into the same connector just  
vacated by the cable.  
Reconnect the  
cable  
Plug the cable into the connector on the splitter.  
Secure the  
splitter  
Secure the splitter to the carrier using the large  
mounting strap removed from a fiber  
transceiver.  
8.  
9.  
Check  
connection  
Check that the Amphenol connection is secure.  
Reseat DS1  
circuit pack  
Release the clip holding the DS1 circuit pack,  
pull out slightly, close clip.  
10.  
Release DS1  
circuit pack  
release board  
UUCSS  
Restore the designated DS1 circuit pack to  
service.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
Synchronization Installation and Testing  
3
3-31  
Table 3-16. Splitter installation to DS1 — Continued(401A/402A/403A)  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
11.  
Test the splitter  
Use the procedure in ‘‘Splitter port tests  
(401A/401A only)’’ on page 3-19.  
Before testing the splitter, insert a modular  
RJ45 plug into jack J1 and jack J2  
(401A/402A only).  
NOTE:  
Do not connect port J1 to port J2. Leave  
the other end of both cords free, because  
the modular RJ45 plug acts as a opening  
plug and removes the 100-termination  
from J1 and J2 ports.  
The standard RJ45-to-Bantam test cable  
does not work with the 403A. You need a  
coax-to-Bantam cable or an adapter for  
the RJ45 connector.  
After testing is complete, remove the  
opening plugs from J1 and J2.  
12.  
13.  
Check the 7  
DS1 LEDs  
After about 20 s, all the alarm LEDs on the DS1  
go out and the status 3 LED is steady green.  
If this is the case, continue. If not, follow the DS1  
span test procedures in the DEFINITY ECS  
Maintenance for R8r.  
Test the circuit  
pack  
test board  
UUCSS  
Verify that the DS1 circuit pack passes Tests  
138 through 146 and 1227. If these tests pass  
and this is a new installation, continue.  
If any one of Test 138 through 146 fails, follow  
the repair procedures in DEFINITY ECS  
Maintenance for R8r.  
After clearing all errors, retest the circuit pack.  
14.  
Run error  
report  
list  
Wait 15 minutes. Check the error report and  
verify that the DS1 circuit pack is free of any  
measurements  
ds1 summary  
UUCSS  
To interpret the periodic list measurements  
report, refer to  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
ATM Network Duplication  
3
3-32  
add ds1 b10  
Page 1 of 2  
DS1 CIRCUIT PACK  
Location: 01B10  
Bit Rate: 1.544  
Signaling Mode: isdn-pri  
Connect: line-side  
Name: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx  
Line Coding: b8zs  
Country Protocol: 1  
Protocol Version: a  
CRC? n  
Interface Companding: mulaw  
Idle Code: 11111111  
DCP/Analog Bearer Capability: 3.1kHz  
Slip Detection? n  
Near-end CSU Type: integrated  
Alarm When PRI Endpoint Detached? y  
Screen 3-1. DS1 circuit pack—T1  
add ds1 b10  
Page 1 of 2  
DS1 CIRCUIT PACK  
Location: 01B10  
Bit Rate: 2.048  
Name: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx  
Line Coding: hdb3  
Signaling Mode: isdn-pri  
Connect: line-side  
Country Protocol: 2  
Protocol Version: a  
CRC? n  
Interface Companding: mulaw  
Idle Code: 11111111  
DCP/Analog Bearer Capability: 3.1kHz  
Slip Detection? n  
Near-end CSU Type: other  
E1 Sync-Splitter? y Alarm When PRI Endpoint Detached? y  
Screen 3-2. DS1 circuit pack—E1  
ATM Network Duplication  
ATM-PNC configurations without duplicated SPEs can be supported with  
duplicated EPN connectivity to other points on an ATM network, or ATM network  
duplication. These points can be on separate ATM switches, the same ATM  
switch, or directly connected to an ATM-WAN.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
ATM Network Duplication  
3
3-33  
With respect to port network connectivity, there is no difference in performance  
between ATM network duplication and critical reliability. ATM network duplication  
configurations require  
A simplex SPE complex in the PPN  
Duplicate connectivity over ATM to all PNs  
Duplicate ATM interfaces in each EPN  
Duplicate Tone-Clock boards in each EPN.  
An ATM network duplication configuration can be the result of  
A new installation  
An upgrade from a standard reliability system  
The EPN configuration for ATM network duplication is the same as for an EPN  
equipped for ATM critical reliability (Figure 3-9).  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
ATM Network Duplication  
3
3-34  
8
1
6
6
4
7
7
9
2
6
3
7
5
10  
cydasmpx LJK 020100  
Figure Notes  
1. DEFINITY ECS PPN1  
6. Fiber connecting ATM switch A to EPNs  
7. Fiber connecting ATM switch B to EPNs  
8. DEFINITY ECS EPN1  
2. Fiber connecting ATM-EI A to ATM switch A  
3. Fiber connecting ATM-EI B to ATM switch B  
4. Lucent ATM switch A  
9. DEFINITY ECS PPN2  
5. Lucent ATM switch B  
10. DEFINITY ECS EPN2  
Figure 3-9. EPN configuration with ATM network duplication  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
ATM Network Duplication  
3
3-35  
Network duplication administration  
The procedure to administer ATM network duplication (Table 3-17) assumes that  
customers with:  
High reliability (duplex SPE complexes) and who desire greater reliability  
would migrate to critical reliability configurations  
Critical reliability configurations would not migrate to ATM network  
duplication  
NOTE:  
The screens follow the table and reflect what displays on an R8r platform  
using a SAT. Your screen interface and page numbers may differ.  
Table 3-17. Network duplication administration procedure  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
1.  
Turn feature on  
change  
system-parameters  
customer-options  
Change the PNC Duplication?field on the  
customer options screen to y (Screen 3-3). This  
requires a Lucent Services login.  
2.  
Add hardware  
Insert a second TN2305/TN2306 ATM  
Interface circuit pack in slot in the  
B-position port carrier in each EPN or  
D-position carrier in EPNs configured for 2  
port networks.  
Add a TN2182 tone-clock circuit pack in the  
slot labeled Tone-Clock.  
— For a standard reliability system, add it  
to the A-position carreir and either the  
B- or D-postion carrier in EPNs  
configured for 2 port networks.  
— For a duplicated system, add it to the  
A-, B-, D- and E-position carriers in  
EPNs configured for 2 port networks.  
3.  
4.  
Add ATM B-PNC  
address  
change atm-pnc  
number  
Bring up the ATM PNC screen (number is the  
connection number assigned to each PNC  
being administered).  
Add in the B-PNC ATM address information in  
the right-hand column of the screen (Screen  
3-4).  
Enable  
duplication  
change  
system-parameters  
duplication  
Change the Enable Operation of PNC  
Duplication?field on the Duplication-Related  
System Parameters screen to y (Screen 3-5).  
NOTE:  
The Enable Operation of Spe  
Duplication?field must remain n.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
ATM Network Duplication  
3
3-36  
change system-parameters customer-options  
Page  
3 of  
6
OPTIONAL FEATURES  
Hospitality (Basic)? y  
Hospitality (G3V3 Enhancements)? y  
H.323 Trunks? n  
PNC Duplication? y  
Processor and System MSP? y  
Private Networking? y  
IP Stations? n  
ISDN Feature Plus? y Restrict Call Forward Off Net? y  
ISDN-BRI Trunks? y  
ISDN-PRI? y  
Secondary Data Module? y  
Station and Trunk MSP? y  
Malicious Call Trace? y  
Mode Code for Centralized Voice Mail? n  
Mode Code Interface? y  
Tenant Partitioning? y  
Terminal Trans. Init. (TTI)? y  
Time of Day Routing? y  
Multifrequency Signaling? y  
Multimedia Appl. Server Interface (MASI)? y  
Uniform Dialing Plan? y  
Multimedia Call Handling (Basic)? y Usage Allocation Enhancements? y  
Multimedia Call Handling (Enhanced)? y  
Multiple Locations? y  
Personal Station Access (PSA)? y  
Wideband Switching? y  
Wireless? y  
(NOTE: You must logoff & login to effect the permission changes.)  
Screen 3-3. Optional feature—screen 3  
ATM PNC  
Connection Number: 12  
A - PNC  
B - PNC  
Location: 02B02  
Location: 02A01  
Name: 123456789012345  
Name: 123456789012345  
Address Format: E.164 ATM Private Address Format: E.164 ATM Private  
AFI: 45  
AFI: 45  
E.164: 1234567890123456  
HO-DSP: 12345678  
ESI: 123456789012  
E.164: 1234567890123456  
HO-DSP: 12345678  
ESI: 123456789012  
SEL: 12  
SEL: 13  
Screen 3-4. ATM PNC  
Page 1 of 1  
DUPLICATION-RELATED SYSTEM PARAMETERS  
Enable Operation of SPE Duplication? n  
Enable Operation of PNC Duplication? y  
Screen 3-5. Duplication-related system parameters  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
ATM Network Duplication  
3
3-37  
Changing circuit packs on the standby PNC  
To partially or completely exchange circuit packs on an ATM network duplication  
switch without service interruption, follow this procedure:  
1. Type busyout pnc-standby and press Enter  
2. Type busyout board UUCSS and press Enter  
3. Replace circuit packs on the standby PNC  
4. Type release board UUCSS and press Enter  
5. Type reset pnc interchange and press Enter  
6. Repeat steps 1-5 on the other (active) side  
7. Type save translation and press Enter  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Installing a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
ATM Network Duplication  
3
3-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
Upgrade paths  
4
4-1  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
4
This chapter describes the procedures for upgrading a DEFINITY ECS with and  
without ATM-PNC to a Release 8r ATM-PNC. ATM-PNC features are only available  
in Release 6.3r or later systems. For information on installing a DEFINITY ECS,  
refer to DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Upgrades and  
Additions for R8r.  
Upgrade paths  
The main DEFINITY ECS upgrade paths are  
Upgrading CSS to R8r ATM-PNC  
Upgrading R6.3r ATM-PNC to R8r ATM-PNC  
Upgrading R7r ATM-PNC to R8r ATM-PNC .  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
Preparation  
4
4-2  
Preparation  
Table 4-1 lists the installation items that must be completed and the equipment or  
materials available before starting the upgrade procedure. We assume that in  
DEFINITY ECS Release 6.3r or later with ATM-PNC that the ATM switch and  
interface circuit packs are installed and administered.  
Table 4-1. Installation checklist for DEFINITY ECS with ATM installed  
Component  
Description  
Cabinet  
Installed and fiber-prepped (fiber pass-through)  
Timing (if  
needed)  
T1 or E1 synchronization splitter installed and stable timing source  
present  
ATM switches  
ATM interfaces  
ATM switches installed and fiber connected  
All ATM interface circuit packs (TN2305/TN2306) installed and  
able to receive and pass on synchronization  
Required circuit  
packs  
All circuit packs required for DEFINITY ECS Release 8 are  
installed and administered.  
Critical reliability/network duplication only  
Duplication  
2 independent switches or 1 switch with duplicated switch  
fabrics and controls.  
Independent fiber optic connections between the OC-3/STM-1  
ATM interfaces and each duplicated switch fabric  
Power supply  
No one power failure (other than the commercial AC source) able to  
cause  
both pairs of switch fabric and controls to simultaneously fail—  
no one power failure (excluding AC source)  
all interface circuits to fail simultaneously  
Back up power  
Back up option (independent of commercial AC source) installed  
Table 4-2 lists and describes the equipment and materials required for an ATM  
upgrade.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
CSS to R8r ATM-PNC  
4
4-3  
Table 4-2. Equipment and materials checklist  
Item  
Description  
1
Translationremovable  
media  
Customer’s translation removable media  
2
Customer’s fall-back translation removable media  
Replacement circuit  
packs  
DEFINITY ATM interface circuit packs (TN2305/TN2306)  
Cables & adaptors  
Design  
Fiber optic cabling and ST-to-SC adapters (if necessary)  
Customer’s configuration (SDSC)  
1. The removable media is optical disk when upgrading to Release 8; it is tape when  
upgrading to Release 7.  
2. After upgrading the DEFINITY ECS to Release 8, use the spare formatted optical disk  
for the fall-back removable media. Do NOT use an off-the-shelf optical disk.  
CSS to R8r ATM-PNC  
This section describes the procedures for upgrading a DEFINITY ECS with  
center stage switch (CSS) and no previous ATM administration to a Release 8  
ATM-PNC. You need separate ATM interface circuit packs (TN2305/TN2306) for  
each use.  
NOTE:  
You can also update a DEFINITY ECS with direct connect to ATM-PNC.  
Follow the procedures in Table 4-3 and Table 4-4, but skip the steps  
involving removing switch nodes and switch node interfaces.  
The basic upgrade process is to  
Upgrade DEFINITY ECS to Release 8r (refer to upgrade book)  
Make sure all equipment is on site before the installation  
NOTE:  
Make sure the ATM switch works before proceeding.  
Remove the current PNC and fiber links first from the standby carrier then  
the active carrier on a PPN, if a duplicated system  
Remove the PNC and fiber links from the EPNs  
Administer ATM switch on DEFINITY ECS  
Power DdoowwnlnoatdhferomcaWbwinwe.Stosm, athnueanls.rceomm.oAvlleMTanDuMalsbSeuasrechsAnd Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
CSS to R8r ATM-PNC  
4
4-4  
Replace the switch node carriers in the PPNs and EPNs  
Reterminate the TDM buses and power up the cabinets  
Install, administer, and cable the ATM interface circuit packs  
The following tables have the step-by-step procedures. For critical reliability and  
ATM network duplication, perform the steps in Table 4-3. For standard and high  
reliability, perform the steps in Table 4-4. In using the commands in the upgrade  
tables, type the command and then press Enter.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
CSS to R8r ATM-PNC  
4
4-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
CSS to R8r ATM-PNC  
4
4-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
CSS to R8r ATM-PNC  
4
4-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
CSS to R8r ATM-PNC  
4
4-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
CSS to R8r ATM-PNC  
4
4-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
CSS to R8r ATM-PNC  
4
4-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
CSS to R8r ATM-PNC  
4
4-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
CSS to R8r ATM-PNC  
4
4-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
4
R6.3r ATM-PNC to R8r ATM-PNC  
4-13  
R6.3r ATM-PNC to R8r ATM-PNC  
This section describes the procedures for upgrading a DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC  
from Release 6.3r to Release 8r.  
The basic process is to  
Upgrade DEFINITY ECS to Release 7r (refer to the upgrade book)  
Make sure all equipment is on site before the installation  
Remove the old TN2238 ATM interface circuit packs  
Install the new TN2305/TN2306 ATM interface circuit packs  
Connect the fiber cables to the circuit packs  
Upgrade to Release 8r software  
To upgrade ATM-PNC from Release 6.3r to Release 8r, you must first upgrade  
Release 6.3r software to Release 7r software.  
To upgrade ATM-PNC from Release 7r to Release 8r, you must install the  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit packs before upgrading Release 7r to Release 8r  
software.  
NOTE:  
Although Release 7r software recognizes the old TN2238 circuit pack,  
Release 8r software does not.  
NOTE:  
Upgrading DEFINITY ECS Release 7r to Release 8r requires replacing the  
tape drive with an optical drive.  
The following tables have the step-by-step procedures. For critical reliability/ATM  
network duplication, perform the steps in Table 4-5, and for standard and high  
reliability perform the steps in Table 4-6. In using the commands in the upgrade  
tables, type the command and then press Enter.  
The critical reliability procedure is call-preserving if the steps are completed in  
order and the standby port network is addressed first followed by the active port  
network. This process assumes that the ATM switch is not changing.  
!
CAUTION:  
You must replace the TN2238 circuit pack with the TN2305/TN2306 circuit  
pack before upgrading the software to Release 8r.  
If for some reason the ATM switch is changing also, it simplifies the cutover  
significantly if the new ATM switch inherits the ATM address from its predecessor.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
4
R7r ATM-PNC to R8r ATM-PNC  
4-14  
R7r ATM-PNC to R8r ATM-PNC  
!
CAUTION:  
To upgrade ATM-PNC from Release 7r to Release 8r, you must have the  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit packs installed.  
Upgrading ATM-PNC from Release 7r to Release 8r does not require any  
additional hardware. The basic process is to upgrade the DEFINITY ECS to  
Release 8r first, then upgrade the ATM-PNC. See Chapter 5, ‘‘Administering  
ATM-PNC and ATM-CES’’ for information on upgrading through administration.  
NOTE:  
Upgrading DEFINITY ECS Release 7r to Release 8r requires replacing the  
tape drive with an optical drive.  
If for some reason the ATM switch is changing also, it simplifies the cutover  
significantly if the new ATM switch inherits the ATM address from its predecessor.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
4
R7r ATM-PNC to R8r ATM-PNC  
4-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
4
R7r ATM-PNC to R8r ATM-PNC  
4-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
4
R7r ATM-PNC to R8r ATM-PNC  
4-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
4
R7r ATM-PNC to R8r ATM-PNC  
4-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
4
R7r ATM-PNC to R8r ATM-PNC  
4-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
4
R7r ATM-PNC to R8r ATM-PNC  
4-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
Screens and Tables  
4
4-21  
Screens and Tables  
change system-parameters maintenance  
Page  
1 of  
2
SPE B  
MAINTENANCE-RELATED SYSTEM PARAMETERS  
OPERATIONS SUPPORT PARAMETERS  
Product Identification: 1501137003  
First OSS Telephone Number:  
Second OSS Telephone Number:  
Alarm Origination to OSS Numbers: neither  
Cleared Alarm Notification? n  
Restart Notification? n  
Abbrev Alarm Report? y  
Abbrev Alarm Report? n  
Suspension Threshold: 5  
Test Remote Access Port? n  
CPE Alarm Activation Level: none  
Customer Access to INADS Port? n  
Repeat Dial Interval (mins): 7  
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE  
Start Time: 01 : 00  
Daily Maintenance: daily  
Control Channel Interchange: daily  
SPE Interchange: daily  
Stop Time: 01 : 01  
Save Translation: no  
System Clocks Interchange: daily  
Screen 4-1. Maintenance-related system parameters  
status pnc
PORTNETWORKCONNECTIVITY
Duplicated?no  
Software Locked?  
Standby Busied?  
StandbyRefreshed?  
InterchangeDisabled?  
A-PNC
Mode:active
B-PNC  
Mode:  
StateofHealth:
State of Health:  
Inter PN Index:
MajorAlarms:0
Minor Alarms:0
Warning Alarms: 0  
Inter PN Index:
MajorAlarms:
Minor Alarms:  
Warning Alarms:  
Screen 4-2. Port network connectivity  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
Screens and Tables  
4
4-22  
Table 4-7. PNC interchange  
A-PNC status  
Active  
B-PNC status  
Standby  
Description  
Go to the next step  
Standby  
Active  
1. Do a PNC interchange (reset  
pnc-interchange)  
2. Verify the interchange (status pnc):  
A-PNC is active  
B-PNC is standby  
change cabinet 1  
Page  
1 of  
1
SPE B  
CABINET  
CABINET DESCRIPTION  
Cabinet: 1  
Cabinet Layout: five-carrier  
Cabinet Type: processor  
Number of Portnetworks: 1  
Room:  
Floor:  
Building:  
CARRIER DESCRIPTION  
Carrier  
Carrier Type  
port  
processor  
processor  
Fan  
Number  
PN 01  
PN 01  
PN 01  
Duplicate  
C
B
A
X
D
E
dup-sw-node  
switch-node  
SN 01  
SN 01  
01E  
01D  
Screen 4-3. Cabinet  
change atm pnc 1  
ATM PNC  
Connection Number: 1  
A-PNC  
B-PNC  
Location: 01B02  
Name:  
Location: 01B02  
Name:  
Address Format: ICD ATM  
Address Format: ICD ATM  
AFI: 47  
AFI: 47  
ICD: 0005  
ICD: 0005  
HO-DSP: 80FFE1000000F2071B02  
HO-DSP: 80FFE1000000F2071B02  
ESI: 000000000000  
SEL: 00  
ESI: 000000000000  
SEL: 00  
Screen 4-4. ATM PNCDownload from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
Screens and Tables  
4
4-23  
change synchronization  
Page  
1 of  
6
SPE A  
SYNCHRONIZATION PLAN  
SYNCHRONIZATION SOURCE (circuit pack location)  
Stratum: 4  
Primary: ATM-SW  
Slip  
Secondary: ATM-SW  
Location Name  
Location  
Name  
Slip  
02A17 g3rs-1e20  
n
n
y
n
n
n
n
03B20 r2v6-0318  
n
n
n
n
y
n
n
03D20 r2v6-tg86-isdn  
01C20 isdn-r2v5-1e13  
02D20 ISDN- G3i  
04B16 N3-isdn-2c19  
03B17 g3s-isdn-1c16  
03D19 wdbnd #1 L2  
03E20 ds1-r2v5-20305  
02C20 r2v5-1e10 xxx  
04A17 ds-1 to s75 v2  
01C19 nod2-g3s-1b15  
02B20 Spare  
01C17 spare  
NOTE: DS1 and BRI TRUNK sources result in stratum 4, type II synchronization  
Screen 4-5. Synchronization plan  
change system-parameters customer-options  
Page  
2 of  
6
OPTIONAL FEATURES  
Abbreviated Dialing Enhanced List? y  
Access Security Gateway (ASG)? y  
Analog Trunk Incoming Call ID? y  
CAS Branch? y  
CAS Main? y  
Change COR by FAC? n  
A/D Grp/Sys List Dialing Start at 01? y Cvg Of Calls Redirected Off-net? y  
Answer Supervision by Call Classifier? y  
ARS? y  
DCS (Basic)? y  
DCS Call Coverage? y  
ARS/AAR Partitioning? y  
ARS/AAR Shortcut Dialing? n  
DCS with Rerouting? y  
DEFINITY Network Admin? y  
Digital Loss Plan Modification? n  
DS1 MSP? y  
Emergency Access to Attendant? y  
Extended Cvg/Fwd Admin? y  
External Device Alarm Admin? y  
Flexible Billing? y  
ASAI Proprietary Adjunct Links? y  
Async. Transfer Mode (ATM) PNC? y  
Async. Transfer Mode (ATM) Trunking? y  
ATMS? y  
Attendant Vectoring? n  
Audible Message Waiting? y  
Authorization Codes? y  
Forced Entry of Account Codes? y  
Global Call Classification? y  
(NOTE: You must logoff & login to effect the permission changes.)  
Screen 4-6. Optional features—screen 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Upgrading to ATM-PNC  
Screens and Tables  
4
4-24  
change system-parameters customer-options  
Page  
3 of  
6
OPTIONAL FEATURES  
Hospitality (Basic)? y  
Hospitality (G3V3 Enhancements)? y  
H.323 Trunks? n  
PNC Duplication? y  
Processor and System MSP? y  
Private Networking? y  
IP Stations? n  
ISDN Feature Plus? y Restrict Call Forward Off Net? y  
ISDN-BRI Trunks? y  
ISDN-PRI? y  
Secondary Data Module? y  
Station and Trunk MSP? y  
Malicious Call Trace? y  
Mode Code for Centralized Voice Mail? n  
Mode Code Interface? y  
Tenant Partitioning? y  
Terminal Trans. Init. (TTI)? y  
Time of Day Routing? y  
Multifrequency Signaling? y  
Multimedia Appl. Server Interface (MASI)? y  
Uniform Dialing Plan? y  
Multimedia Call Handling (Basic)? y Usage Allocation Enhancements? y  
Multimedia Call Handling (Enhanced)? y  
Multiple Locations? y  
Personal Station Access (PSA)? y  
Wideband Switching? y  
Wireless? y  
(NOTE: You must logoff & login to effect the permission changes.)  
Screen 4-7. Optional features—screen 3  
list sys-link  
Page  
1
SYSTEM LINKS INFORMATION  
Location Link Type/  
Channel  
State  
Current  
Path  
Faulted  
Path  
Last Fault  
Recorded  
02A0101  
02B0201  
01B0202  
01C0302  
02A0102  
02B0202  
EAL  
EAL  
PACL  
PACL  
PACL  
PACL  
up  
up  
up  
up  
up  
up  
present  
present  
present  
present  
present  
present  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
Screen 4-8. System links information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Accessing Switches for Administration  
5
5-1  
Administering ATM-PNC and  
ATM-CES  
5
After the hardware is upgraded to Release 8 ATM-PNC or ATM-CES, you must  
administer the ATM switch and and the DEFINITY ECS to complete the process.  
Administration procedures are as follows:  
Acquiring ATM Addresses  
Administering ATM Switch  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
Accessing Switches for Administration  
To access the DEFINITY ECS and ATM switches for administration, you must  
have one of the following setups:  
SAT—System Administration Terminal  
DSA—DEFINITY Site Administration  
DNA—DEFINITY Network Administration  
The SAT has been the traditional method for accessing DEFINITY; however, it is  
no longer being offered or supported. Field technicians can use laptops or  
Windows-based PCs to administer the switch.  
DSA is a software-only system management tool that runs on personal computer  
using Microsoft Windows 95/98/NT 4.0. It is designed for a single user to  
administer and monitor DEFINITY switches and voice mail systems. The software  
is available on laptops.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Acquiring ATM Addresses  
5
5-2  
DEFINITY Network Administration (DNA) is a software-only system management  
tool based on client-server architecture. It gives multiple administrators the ability  
to administer a network of DEFINITY switches and INTUITY Voice Mail systems  
simultaneously from different machines.  
Although the 3 methods of access present different interfaces, the command  
syntax is the same. The screens shown in this section are as they look on a  
Release 8r platform through a SAT. Your interface and screen page numbers may  
differ.  
Acquiring ATM Addresses  
Equipment that interfaces with an ATM switch must have a unique 40-digit  
(20-byte) ATM address (see Figure 3-1). These 40 characters are divided into  
sectors as Table 5-1 shows:  
Table 5-1. ATM addressing  
Hex digit Length  
position  
(hexadecimal)  
Description  
1-26  
26  
Network prefix that identifies a particular ATM  
switch in the network.  
27-38  
39-40  
12  
2
End system identifier (ESI) identifies each  
end-station connected through an ATM  
switch.1  
Selector byte is always 0 for DEFINITY ATM  
1. The ESI is usually the IEEE Media Access Control (MAC) address programmed into  
the end-station device during its manufacture. The MAC address on the  
TN2305/TN2306 is located on the MAC address button on the circuit pack (see  
Figure 5-1).  
In Release 7 or later, the address of the EPN is automatically derived by the local  
ATM switch using the address registration procedure defined in the Integrated  
Local Management Interface (ILMI ). The ATM switch uses its 13-byte network  
address plus the 6-byte ESI, or MAC address, and the 1-byte selector byte of the  
corresponding TN2305 or TN2306 board(s) in the EPN to formulate the 20-byte  
ATM address(es).  
ATM switches can use any of the address formats listed in Table 5-2.  
NOTE:  
The beginning AFI and the last 2 sectors (ESI, and Selector) in Table 5-2  
are all the same length, making it easier to parse the ATM address,  
regardless of the format.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Acquiring ATM Addresses  
5
5-3  
Table 5-2. ATM address formats  
Length  
Format  
(hex characters)  
Description (high to low order)  
Data Country  
Code (DCC)  
2
Address Format Identifier (AFI)  
(39 for DCC)  
4
Data Country Code  
20  
12  
2
High-Order Domain Specific Part (HO-DSP)  
End System Identifier (ESI)  
Selector  
International Code  
Designator (ICD)  
2
Address Format Identifier (AFI)  
(47 for ICD)  
4
International Code Designator  
High-Order Domain Specific Part (HO-DSP)  
End System Identifier (ESI)  
Selector  
20  
12  
2
ISDN E.164  
2
Address Format Identifier (AFI)  
(45 for E.164)  
16  
8
E.164 address  
High-Order Domain Specific Part (HO-DSP)  
End System Identifier (ESI)  
Selector  
12  
2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering ATM Switch  
5
5-4  
Administering ATM Switch  
To administer the ATM switch, refer to your switch’s quick reference guide.  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
The DEFINITY ECS switch software provides 2 kinds of ATM service:  
ATM Port Network Connectivity (ATM-PNC)  
ATM Circuit Emulation Service (ATM-CES)  
Table 5-3 outlines important concepts to observe when administering ATM.  
Table 5-3. General DEFINITY ECS ATM parameters  
Concept  
Description  
PNC duplication  
If you are installing or upgrading a critical reliability system, you must enable  
the PNC duplication on the system-parameters customer-options screen  
(init password required) before the feature can be used. If it is enabled, you  
must further  
Add pnc-a or pnc-b to command strings to clarify which carrier the ATM  
interface circuit pack is in  
Specify the location of the ATM interface circuit pack serving as the  
duplicate  
The ATM interface circuit pack in the A carrier must be in the same port  
network as the B carrier. If not, an alarm is issued. You need not administer  
ATM interface circuit packs serving as backups to each other with the same  
parameters.  
Fiber links  
You do not need to administer fiber links for ATM-PNC. Information on the  
ATM circuit pack screen identifies which packs are used for PNC  
(endpoint-1), and endpoint-2 is administered on the ATM switch.  
Remote switch  
administration  
A remote switch connected with a permanent virtual circuit (PVC). The  
DEFINITY system recognizes the remote switch as a node with compatible  
circuit parameters at the other end of an emulated circuit.  
You can connect a remote switch to the DEFINITY with one or more  
CES-emulated circuits. In such a case, the emulated circuits remain  
discrete.  
Synchronization  
PNC—All synchronization is derived from the ATM switch providing port  
connectivity. The ATM switch obtains synchronization from either a sync  
splitter attached to one or two DS1 cards or from the ATM network.  
CES—Synchronization is derived the same way it is in a non-ATM-PNC or  
ATM-PNC environment, whichever applies.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-5  
ATM Port Network Connectivity (ATM-PNC)  
Each DEFINITY port network must be translated in the PPN’s screen with the full  
ATM address (The ATM switch prefix, plus the port network’s ESI, plus a Selector  
of 0) that uniquely identifies it.  
Use the procedure in Table 5-4 to administer ATM-PNC:  
Table 5-4. ATM-PNC administration  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
1.  
Log on DEFINITY  
ECS switch  
Use the initlogin to log on to the DEFINITY switch.  
NOTE:  
An init login is required to change customer  
options and will be challenged by Access  
Security Gateway (ASG). Contact your  
regional CSA (customer software  
administrator) to perform this function.  
2.  
Turn on  
change  
The Customer Options screen (Screen 5-2) displays.  
ATM-PNC  
system-parameters  
customer-options  
3.  
4.  
Set the mode to  
yes  
Set Async.Transfer Mode (ATM) PNC?field to  
y.  
If duplicated  
Set the PNC Duplication?field to y  
PNC (critical  
reliability), set  
PNC duplication  
5.  
6.  
Log off the  
DEFINITY ECS  
Log off the DEFINITY system administration terminal.  
Log onto the  
Use the craftlogin to log on to the DEFINITYswitch  
DEFINITY ECS  
(ignore any alarms at this time).  
NOTE:  
The initlogin is no longer required.  
7.  
Administer ATM  
PNC  
Use the ATM worksheet in Appendix A, ‘‘Baselining  
the Customer’s Configuration’’ to record the  
configuration.  
8.  
9.  
Add new PNC  
add pnc next  
Add the next PNC.  
Set location  
address  
Set the Location:field to the address of the ATM  
circuit pack (in 01C01 - cabinet, carrier, slot format).  
10.  
Assign network  
name  
Type a name in the Name:field to assign a unique,  
15-character port network name.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-6  
Table 5-4. ATM-PNC administration — Continued  
Step  
Action  
Command  
Description  
11.  
Set the MAC  
address  
(Steps 10-13)  
Set Address format to one of the following:  
E.164 ATM private, DCC, or ICD  
NOTE:  
If other ATM applications are installed ask the  
address format to use. The system default is  
DCC.  
12.  
13.  
Fill in information  
from worksheet  
Set HO DSP:xxxxxxxx, fill in information from the  
ATM worksheet (Appendix A, ‘‘Baselining the  
Customer’s Configuration’’).  
Enter the ESI  
address  
Type in the ESI from the ATM worksheet (Appendix A,  
‘‘Baselining the Customer’s Configuration’’) (MAC  
address) of the TN2305/TN2306 in the EPN.  
NOTE:  
The first 13 bytes auto set after initial entry.  
Just enter the MAC address from each  
column for each TN2305/TN2306 circuit  
pack.  
14.  
15.  
Set the Sel field  
Set the Sel: field to 00.  
NOTE:  
Steps 11-13 make up the 20-byte ATM  
address.  
If duplicated  
PNC (critical  
reliability),  
change  
system-parameters  
duplication  
Set Enable Operation of SPE Duplication?  
field to y  
Set Enable Operation of PNC Duplication?  
field to y (Screen 5-4)  
enable PNC  
16.  
17.  
Repeat for all  
PNs  
Repeat Steps 7-13 until all port networks are  
administered.  
Check  
administration  
list atm pnc  
list sys-link  
Verify that all ATM connections are administered.  
18.  
19.  
Check links  
Types EAL (EPN) and PACL (all PNs) should display.  
Synchronize all signals.  
Administer the  
DEFINITY ECS  
synchronization  
change  
synchronization  
20.  
21.  
22.  
Set primary  
timing reference  
Set primary: atm-sw.  
Set secondary  
timing reference  
Set secondary: atm-sw. Press Enter to effect the  
changes.  
Save translations  
save translations  
Save translations to system disk.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-7  
ATM Circuit Emulation Service (ATM-CES)  
ATM Circuit Emulation Service (ATM-CES):  
Can be administered  
— as an ATM-CES direct connect  
— through an ATM network using PVCs  
Both procedures are in Table 5-8, under ‘‘ATM-CES administration  
procedure’’ on page 5-12.  
Uses ATM emulated circuits instead of physical T1/E1 tie-trunks out to the  
ATM network.  
Uses up to 8 signaling groups per TN2305/TN2306 to create virtual  
trunking.  
Uses bearer (B) and signaling (D) channels, similar to ISDN facilities but  
does not support nonfacility associated signaling (NFAS).  
Uses channels inside each signaling group, which appear as if they were  
ports on the TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack. Hereafter, these are referred to  
as ports.  
Uses constant bit-rate (CBR) signalling over permanent virtual  
connections (PVCs).  
Has a transparent DEFINITY feature set to other locations through  
narrowband QSIG (N-QSIG) or distributed communications system over  
ISDN-PRI (DCS+)  
NOTE:  
Because ATM trunks always appear as ISDN-emulated trunks, they  
do not support DCS, only DCS+.  
ATM-CES rules  
Table 5-5 lists several guidelines for ATM-CES administration.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-8  
Table 5-5. ATM-CES administration rules  
Rule  
How to administer or confirm  
Both ends of the emulated circuit must have Type change signaling-group  
the same number of channels  
siggrpnbr and press Enter; go to screen 2  
Both ends of the emulated circuit must have Type change trunk-group trkgrpnbr  
the same number of trunks.  
and press Enter; go to screen 6.  
Both ends of the emulated circuit must use  
the same channel numbers.  
Type change signaling-group  
siggrpnbr and press Enter; go to  
screen 2.  
In the port-to-channel mapping, use the  
same channel numbers for both ends of  
the trunk.  
Each end of the trunk may use different port Type change trunk-group trkgrpnbr  
numbers on the respective ATM circuit  
packs.  
and press Enter; go to screen 6.  
The same port numbers on the circuit  
packs need not be used on the two ends  
of the emulated circuit.  
The maximum number of emulated circuits  
(signaling groups) on a single TN2305  
circuit pack is 8.  
A circuit pack can have more than one  
signaling group and more than one  
D-channel. The D-channel from one  
emulated circuit cannot signal for the  
bearer channels of another emulated  
circuit (no NFAS for virtual circuits).  
A minimum of 7 ports must be administered  
Because this includes the D-channel, at  
for each emulated circuit (signaling group). least 6 B-channels and the D channel  
must be administered in a signaling  
group.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-9  
Table 5-5. ATM-CES administration rules — Continued  
Rule  
How to administer or confirm  
Type display signaling-group  
The D channel must be in a port between  
009 and 032.  
siggrpnbr and press Enter; go to screen 2  
to verify.  
The D channel is automatically populated  
in channel 24 (T1) or in channel 16 (E1).  
The TN2305/TN2306 circuit packs provide  
up to 248 ports for trunking.  
A circuit pack has 256 ports, but ports 1  
through 8 are reserved for future use. Of  
the 248 available ports, 8 are for  
D-channels, and 240 are for B-channels.  
See Table 5-6 and Table 5-7 for details  
about port and trunk group capacities for  
the TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack and the  
DEFINITY ECS switch.  
A trunk group may contain either ISDN  
trunks or ATM trunks, but not both  
Table 5-6. TN2305/TN2306 CES trunk capacities  
Bearer ports per signaling  
group (B channel)  
Signaling groups per  
TN2305/TN2306 (D-channel)  
Total ports  
used 1  
T1: 23  
E1: 30  
8
8
192  
248  
1. The circuit pack provides 256 ports, but ports 1 through 8 are reserved for future use.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-10  
Table 5-7. DEFINITY ECS trunk capacities by model  
Capacity  
c, csi, si  
99  
r
Maximum trunks per trunk group  
Maximum number of trunk groups  
Maximum number of trunks in the system  
255  
666  
4000  
99  
400  
Trunk groups  
At least one trunk group is typically created for each remote switch with these  
attributes (see Screen 5-8):  
Group Type field is isdn  
Carrier medium field is atm  
Dial Access? field is always n  
TN2305/TN2306 may have Trunk Access Codes (TAC), but these are for  
reporting purposes only and cannot be dialed.  
CDR records for ATM trunk calls are maintained.  
NOTE:  
Release 7 introduced 3-digit port numbers for administering a CES  
trunk, and CMS cannot read the old 2-digit numbers. Release 8 CMS  
software can read both the 2- and 3-digit port numbers.  
A trunk group may include ports from more than one of the ATM circuit  
packs in the system. This enables same module preference, the feature  
that gives preference to outgoing trunks on the same port network as the  
originator.  
ATM trunk groups can only contain ports on ATM boards, and ports on  
ATM boards cannot be assigned to non-ATM trunk groups.  
ATM-CES trunk board  
When administered as a trunk board, the TN2305/TN2306 can have up to 8 ATM  
signaling groups with up to 30 members per signaling group over an  
OC-3/STM-1 connection. Although the ATM board does not have physical ports,  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-11  
software makes the ATM board appear as if it does. This concept is depicted in  
Figure 3-1. Multiple TN2305/TN2306 circuit packs in a port network could  
connect to different ATM switches.  
3
1
4
2
cydaces LJK 111199  
Figure Notes  
1. DEFINITY ECS PPN or EPN  
4. Ports  
24 maximum (T1), including D-channel  
31 maximum (E1), including D-channel  
2. TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack in  
any port  
3. Signaling groups (maximum 8)  
Figure 5-1. DEFINITY signaling groups and members for ATM trunking  
Each of the 248 ports in the ATM trunk group are either B-channels or  
D-channels.  
Each B-channel has an associated maintenance object with a very simple  
maintenance strategy. This is done so that any of the virtual ports on a  
single ATM interface circuit pack can be members of different trunk  
groups. When a trunk group is busied out, only those ports in that trunk  
group are taken out of service. Because all ports associated with a single  
D-channel follow the same PVC, you cannot test them individually.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-12  
ATM-CES administration procedure  
Table 5-8 contains ATM-CES administration for  
ATM signaling groups  
ATM-CES direct-connect configurations (two CES circuit packs linked by  
fiber, with no intervening switches). Observe the note in step 16.  
NOTE:  
The screens shown are for a Release 8r platform. The screen numbers may  
differ for Release 8c, Release 8csi, and Release 8si platforms.  
Table 5-8. ATM-CES administration  
Step  
Action  
Description  
1.  
Set the software  
version  
Typ e change system-parameters customer-options and  
press Enter. (init login required)  
The Customer Options screen (Screen 5-2) displays.  
Upgrades only: Set the G3 Versionfield to V8.  
Go to screen 2  
2.  
3.  
Set the version field  
Turn on ATM trunking  
Set the Async. Transfer Mode (ATM) Trunking?  
field to y (Screen 5-2).  
Go to screen 3.  
4.  
Administer as  
ISDN-PRI  
Set the ISDN-PRIfield to y (Screen 5-3).  
Press Enter to save the changes.  
Log in as craft  
5.  
6.  
Log off/on  
Install the circuit  
packs  
Install the TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack and wait for it to  
initialize (about 4 minutes )  
7.  
8.  
Connect the fiber  
optic cable  
Attach the fiber optic cable to the circuit pack and to the  
ATM switch.  
Look up ATM circuit  
pack locations  
Typ e list configuration atm and press Enter. The name  
for this circuit pack appears as ATM INTERFACE (or ATM  
INTF).  
9.  
Administer the circuit  
pack personality  
Typ e add atm trunk-board UUCSS and press Enter. The  
ATM Trunk-Board screen (Screen 5-5) displays.  
10.  
Type a name for the  
ATM board  
Type the name of the ATM interface circuit pack  
(15 alphanumeric characters) in the Namefield.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-13  
Table 5-8. ATM-CES administration — Continued  
Step  
Action  
Description  
11.  
Set the  
Set the Synchronization Capablefield to n (default).  
synchronization  
NOTE:  
Up to 44 boards may be designated  
synchronization capable on R8r and 3 boards on  
R8si, R8csi, R8c. If you enter y in this field when the  
maximum number of boards has been designated,  
the system returns:  
Maximum number of Synchronization  
Capable boards already administered  
NOTE:  
If this ATM trunk circuit pack is a synchronization  
source, set the field to y. If you change the field to n  
when the circuit pack is administered as a  
synchronization source, the system returns:  
Cannot remove synchronization source.  
12.  
Administer the  
signaling group  
Typ e add signaling-group and press Enter. The Signaling  
Group screen (Screen 3-3) displays.  
Set the following fields (tabbing goes vertically)  
13.  
14.  
Set the group type  
Type port address  
Set the Group Typefield to atm.  
Type the D-channel(signaling channel) port address for  
this new signaling group in UUCSSppp screen at (3-digits  
required for port addresses). This address must match the  
slot and port number on an ATM-Interface circuit pack.  
15.  
16.  
Type a name  
Set VPI  
Type a name in the Namefield (15 alpha-numeric  
characters).  
The Virtual Path Identifier(VPI) field is set to 0  
and is not administrable.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-14  
Table 5-8. ATM-CES administration — Continued  
Step  
Action  
Description  
17.  
Set VCI  
Set the Virtual Channel Identifier(VCI) field  
(32-1023). This number must be unique among signaling  
groups that share the same ATM circuit pack.  
NOTE:  
For a direct connection (two fiber-connected CES  
circuit packs), specify the same VCI at both ends of  
the emulated circuit. When the CES is connected to  
an ATM switch, the VCI specified here must match  
the VCI used for the PVC created on the ATM switch,  
which is typically provided by the ATM switch  
administrator.  
NOTE:  
The Signaling Modefield is set to isdn-priand  
is not administrable.  
18.  
19.  
Set idle code  
Set the Idle Codefield (typically 11111111).  
Set interface  
companding  
Set the Interface Compandingfield (alaw or mulaw).  
Once administered, busyout the signaling group before  
changing.  
20.  
21.  
22.  
Set country protocol  
Set protocol version  
Set circuit type  
Set the Country Protocolfield (Table 5-9).  
Set the Protocol Versionfield (Table 5-9).  
Set the Circuit Typefield (T1 or E1).  
NOTE:  
Both ends must be the same. It is preferable to set it  
to E1 even in the United States, Canada, or other T1  
countries.  
23.  
24.  
25.  
26.  
Set connect  
Set interface  
Set the Connectfield to pbx. Once administered, busyout  
the signaling group before changing.  
Set the Interfacefield to user at one end of the  
emulated circuit and to network at the other end.  
Set DCP/analog  
bearer capability  
Set the DCP/Analog Bearer Capabilityfield to  
3.1 kHz.  
Set internetworking  
message  
Set internetworking messagefield to PROGress.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-15  
Table 5-8. ATM-CES administration — Continued  
Step  
Action  
Description  
27.  
Verify channel  
settings  
Go to screen 2; Screen 5-7 displays.  
Depending on the settings in step 18:  
If Circuit Typefield is set at T1, then channel 24 is  
populated.  
If Circuit Typefield is set at E1, then channel 16 is  
populated.  
Other details about D-channels:  
All ports for one signaling group must be on the same  
ATM circuit pack (the same circuit pack that the D  
channel is on).  
The D-channel port is never assigned to a trunk group.  
Because they are all the same, the administrator does  
not need to type in the circuit pack location for each  
channel.  
group.  
28.  
29.  
Type port numbers  
Add the port numbers (minimum of 6) from the  
port-to-channel mapping on signaling group screen 2.  
See ‘‘Changing the port-to-channel mapping’’ on page 5-22  
if you need to change any administration.  
When finished, press Enter to save the administration.  
Administer the trunk  
group  
Typ e add trunk-group trkgrpnbr and press Enter.  
Screen 3-5 displays.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-16  
Table 5-8. ATM-CES administration — Continued  
Step  
Action  
Description  
30.  
Set final fields  
Set the following fields (tabbing goes horizontally):  
Group Type:field to isdn.  
NOTE:  
A trunk group can contain either ISDN or ATM  
trunks, but not both.  
The CDR Reportsfield defaults to y.  
The Carrier Medium:field to ATM.  
The TAC:field to match customer’s dial plan.  
The Dial Access?field defaults to n.  
The Service Type:field to tie.  
Go to screen 6 and add the channel-to-port mapping  
(Screen 5-10). You must have the same number of entries  
as port numbers in step 28.  
Press Enter to save the changes.  
31.  
Save translations  
Type save translation and press Enter.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-17  
ATM-CES administration screens  
NOTE:  
The screens shown in this section are as they look on a Release 8r platform  
through a SAT. Your interface and screen page numbers may differ.  
change system-parameters customer-options  
OPTIONAL FEATURES  
Page 1 of 6  
G3 Version: V8  
Location: 1  
Maximum Ports: 300  
Maximum XMOBILE Stations: 0  
Maximum H.323 Trunks: 0  
Maximum H.323 Stations: 0  
Maximum IP SoftPhones: 0  
Screen 5-1. Optional features—screen 1  
change system-parameters customer-options  
OPTIONAL FEATURES  
Page  
2 of  
6
Abbreviated Dialing Enhanced List? y  
Access Security Gateway (ASG)? y  
Analog Trunk Incoming Call ID? y  
CAS Branch? y  
CAS Main? y  
Change COR by FAC? n  
A/D Grp/Sys List Dialing Start at 01? y Cvg Of Calls Redirected Off-net? y  
Answer Supervision by Call Classifier? y  
ARS? y  
DCS (Basic)? y  
DCS Call Coverage? y  
ARS/AAR Partitioning? y  
ARS/AAR Shortcut Dialing? n  
DCS with Rerouting? y  
DEFINITY Network Admin? y  
Digital Loss Plan Modification? n  
DS1 MSP? y  
Emergency Access to Attendant? y  
Extended Cvg/Fwd Admin? y  
External Device Alarm Admin? y  
Flexible Billing? y  
ASAI Proprietary Adjunct Links? y  
Async. Transfer Mode (ATM) PNC? y  
Async. Transfer Mode (ATM) Trunking? y  
ATMS? y  
Attendant Vectoring? n  
Audible Message Waiting? y  
Authorization Codes? y  
Forced Entry of Account Codes? y  
Global Call Classification? y  
(NOTE: You must logoff & login to effect the permission changes.)  
Screen 5-2. Optional features—screen 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-18  
change system-parameters customer-options  
Page  
3 of  
6
OPTIONAL FEATURES  
Hospitality (Basic)? y  
Hospitality (G3V3 Enhancements)? y  
H.323 Trunks? n  
PNC Duplication? y  
Processor and System MSP? y  
Private Networking? y  
IP Stations? n  
ISDN Feature Plus? y Restrict Call Forward Off Net? y  
ISDN-BRI Trunks? y  
ISDN-PRI? y  
Secondary Data Module? y  
Station and Trunk MSP? y  
Malicious Call Trace? y  
Mode Code for Centralized Voice Mail? n  
Mode Code Interface? y  
Tenant Partitioning? y  
Terminal Trans. Init. (TTI)? y  
Time of Day Routing? y  
Multifrequency Signaling? y  
Multimedia Appl. Server Interface (MASI)? y  
Uniform Dialing Plan? y  
Multimedia Call Handling (Basic)? y Usage Allocation Enhancements? y  
Multimedia Call Handling (Enhanced)? y  
Multiple Locations? y  
Personal Station Access (PSA)? y  
Wideband Switching? y  
Wireless? y  
(NOTE: You must logoff & login to effect the permission changes.)  
Screen 5-3. Optional features—screen 3  
change system-parameters duplication  
Page 1 of 1 SPE B  
DUPLICATION RELATED SYSTEM PARAMETERS  
Enable Operation of SPE Duplication? y  
Enable Operation of PNC Duplication? y  
Screen 5-4. Duplication related system parameters  
ATM TRUNK-BOARD  
Location: 2E08  
Name: _______________  
Synchronization Capable: 1  
Screen 5-5. ATM trunk board  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-19  
add signaling-group  
Page  
1 of  
6
SIGNALING GROUP  
Group Number: 2  
Group Type: atm  
D-Channel:  
Name:  
Max number of NCA TSC: 0  
Max number of CA TSC: 0  
Trunk Group for NCA TSC:  
Trunk Group for Channel Selection:  
Supplementary Service Protocol: a  
CIRCUIT PARAMETERS  
Virtual Path Identifier: 0  
Virtual Channel Identifier:  
Signaling Mode: isdn-pri  
Circuit Type: T1  
Connect: pbx  
Idle Code: 11111111  
Interface Companding: mulaw  
Country Protocol: 1  
Protocol Version: a  
DCP/Analog Bearer Capability: 3.1kHz  
Interworking Message: PROGress  
Screen 5-6. Signaling group  
Table 5-9. Country and protocol version supported (for Screen 5-6)  
Value  
Country  
Protocol supported  
1-a  
United States, Canada  
AT&T TR41449/41459 (tested with AT&T,  
Canadian, and MCI networks)  
1-b  
2
United States  
Australia  
Bellcore TR 1268; NIUF.302; ANSI T1.607  
AUSTEL TSO14.1; Telecom Australia TPH 1856  
3
Japan  
NTT INIS-NET  
ETS 300 102  
ETS 300 102  
ETS 300 102  
ETS 300 102  
ETS 300 102  
ETS 300 102  
4
Italy  
5
Netherlands  
Singapore  
Mexico  
6
7
8
Belgium  
9
Saudi Arabia  
United Kingdom  
10-a  
ETS 300 102 (for connection to DASS II/DPNSS  
through external converter)  
10-b  
11  
United Kingdom  
Spain  
ETS 300 102 (Mercury) British Telecom ISDN 30  
Telefonica ISDN Specification  
12-a  
France  
VN4 (French National PRI)  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-20  
Table 5-9. Country and protocol version supported (for Screen 5-6)  
Value  
Country  
Protocol supported  
12-b  
France  
ETS 300 102 modified according to P10-20,  
called Euronumeris  
Argentina  
Brazil  
ETS 300 102  
ETS 300 102  
ETS 300 102  
ETS 300 102  
ETS 300 102  
ETS 300 102  
ETS 300 102  
China  
Germany  
Hong Kong  
South Korea  
New Zealand  
add signaling-group next  
Page  
2 of  
6
SIGNALING GROUP  
Chan Port Chan Port  
__1: ___ _17: ___  
__2: ___ _18: ___  
__3: ___ _19: ___  
__4: ___ _20: ___  
__5: ___ _21: ___  
__6: ___ _22: ___  
__7: ___ _23: ___  
__8: ___ _24: 0cc (T1 only)  
__9: ___  
_10: ___  
_11: ___  
_12: ___  
_13: ___  
_14: ___  
_15: ___  
_16: Occ (E1 only)  
Screen 5-7. Signaling group D-channel assignments—screen 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-21  
add trunk-group  
Page  
1 of 10  
TRUNK GROUP  
Group Number: 1  
Group Type: isdn  
COR: 1  
Outgoing Display? n  
Busy Threshold: 99  
CDR Reports: y  
TN: 1 TAC:  
Carrier Medium: ATM  
Group Name: OUTSIDE CALL  
Direction: two-way  
Dial Access? n  
Night Service:  
Queue Length: 0  
Service Type: tie  
Auth Code? n  
TestCall ITC: rest  
Far End Test Line No:  
TestCall BCC: 4  
TRUNK PARAMETERS  
Codeset to Send Display: 6  
Codeset to Send National IEs: 6  
Max Message Size to Send: 260  
Charge Advice: none  
Supplementary Service Protocol: a  
Digit Handling (in/out): enbloc/enbloc  
Trunk Hunt: cyclical  
QSIG Value-Added Lucent? n  
Digital Loss Group: 13  
Numbering Format:  
Calling Number - Delete:  
Bit Rate: 1200  
Insert:  
Synchronization: async  
Duplex: full  
Disconnect Supervision - In? y Out? n  
Answer Supervision Timeout: 0  
Screen 5-8. Trunk group—screen 1  
add trunk-group  
Page  
4 of 10  
TRUNK GROUP  
Administered Members (min/max):  
0/0  
0
GROUP MEMBER ASSIGNMENTS  
Total Administered Members:  
Port  
Code Sfx Name  
Night Sig Grp  
1:  
2:  
3:  
4:  
5:  
6:  
7:  
8:  
9:  
10:  
11:  
12:  
13:  
14:  
15:  
Screen 5-9. Trunk group—screen 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-22  
Changing the port-to-channel mapping  
Use the following steps to change the port-to-channel mapping for emulated  
circuits:  
1. Type busyout atm signaling-group siggrpnbr and press Enter to busyout  
the signaling group.  
2. Type change trunk-group trkgrpnbr and press Enter.  
Remove any port administration on screen 6.  
3. Type change signaling-group siggrpnbr.  
Modify the port-to-channel mapping.  
4. Type change trunk-group trkgrpnbr and press Enter.  
Add the ports back in on screen 6, using new port numbers, if desired.  
5. Type release atm signaling-group siggrpnbr and press Enter to release  
the signaling group.  
The display shows the command aborts, but the D-channel and  
B-channels come up.  
DEFINITY commands for CES  
Administration commands that are useful in working with CES are listed in Table  
5-10.  
Table 5-10. ATM administration commands  
Command  
Description  
display circuit-packs cabinet  
Displays the packs in the cabinet, identifying ATM Trunk as  
well as ATM PNC EI boards. ATM Interface boards have not  
been specified as CES or PNC yet.  
display atm ports eqloc  
list configuration atm  
list configuration trunks  
Displays the 256 ports on the ATM board with the  
corresponding signaling and trunk group.  
Lists the ATM boards, identifying equipment location, board  
code, type, and vintage.  
Lists boards identifying assigned ports. Although the ATM  
board is listed, the 256 ports are not.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-23  
Additional DEFINITY ECS administration  
After administering the ATM-PNC or ATM-CES, you may need to do some further  
administration, specifically:  
Locations  
SVC cache (PNC only)  
Gain/Loss adjustments (PNC only)  
Locations  
The DEFINITY ATM-PNC makes it easier for the DEFINITY ECS to have port  
networks in multiple time zones. To handle distances between the PPN and its  
EPNs, the system tracks one or more locations by assigning each cabinet a  
location number. All locations must be in the same country code.  
If upgrading from a pre-Release 7, you may need to set the locations for your  
EPNs. To administer locations, follow the procedure in Table 5-11.  
NOTE:  
The screens and field description follow the table.  
Table 5-11. Administer location procedure  
Step  
Action  
Description  
1.  
Activate the feature  
Type change system-parameters customer-options and  
press Enter. (Init password required.)  
The Customer Options screen displays.  
Go to screen 3 (Screen 5-10).  
2.  
Set multiple locations  
Change the value in the Multiple locationsfield to y  
and press Enter.  
NOTE:  
The system is limited to a single location unless this  
field is changed.  
3.  
4.  
Verify feature  
activation  
Typ e display system-parameters customer-options and  
press Enter.  
The Customer Options screen displays (Screen 5-10).  
Go to screen 2 and verify that the Multiple locations  
field is set to y.  
Change cabinet  
administration  
Typ e change cabinet n (cabinet number) and press Enter.  
The Cabinet screen displays (Screen 5-11).  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-24  
Table 5-11. Administer location procedure Continued  
Step  
Action  
Description  
5.  
Administer cabinet  
location  
Each cabinet in the switch and the port network(s) in that  
cabinet must be assigned a location number (default  
location number is 1).  
Change the Locationfield to the appropriate number  
and press Enter.  
6.  
7.  
Administer location  
properties  
Typ e change locations and press Enter.  
The Locations screen displays (Screen 5-12).  
Set timezone offset  
Ensure that the Timezone Offset field for  
Location 1 is set at 00:00, indicating the local time. This  
serves as a system-wide, relative time reference.  
8.  
Set Number Plan Area  
Code  
The Number Plan Area Codefield (for subnet trunking  
conversions between 10-digit North American Number  
Plan (NANP) and 7-digit (local) numbers.  
Leaving the field blank is the normal setting for a location  
outside the NANP.  
with no 7-digit local calling plan. These locations may  
have overlayed area codes requiring10-digit dialing.  
9.  
Administer cabinet  
locations  
Administer all other locations as necessary.  
For example, if the PPN is in New York and a group of  
EPNs is in Los Angeles, then New York (location 1) is the  
reference and is administered with no time offset (see step  
8). Los Angeles (location 2) is 3 hours earlier than New  
York time and is administered with a time offset of -03:00.  
Administer cabinet locations as they are added to the  
system. More than 1 cabinet can be in the same location.  
For location-related feature limitations and interactions see  
Table 5-11.  
When finished, press Enter to effect the changes.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-25  
Table 5-11. Administer location procedure Continued  
Step  
Action  
Description  
10.  
Administer  
Typ e change daylight-savings-rules and press Enter.  
Daylight-Savings  
Time rules  
The Daylight Savings Rules screen displays (Screen 5-13).  
Administer as many rules as necessary for all of the  
administered locations.  
If you want to deny access for an individual login:  
set the Additional Restrictionsfield for that  
login to y, and entering daylight-savings-rules in the  
Restricted Object Listfield.  
set the Administer Featuresfield for that login to  
n.  
set the Display Admin. and Maint. Datafield  
for that login to n.  
11.  
12.  
Verify date and time  
Check the system date and time (set time).  
Ensure that the Typeand Daylight Savings Rule  
fields are administered correctly (Screen 5-14).  
Administer ARS  
routing  
Administer the Locationfield on the ARS analysis screen  
(change ars analysis 0 location all), observing the  
following conditions:  
ARS customer option (change system-parameters  
customer-options) must be enabled (init password  
required).  
the Multiple Locations customer option must be  
administered to a value other than all.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-26  
change system-parameters customer-options  
Page  
3 of  
6
OPTIONAL FEATURES  
Hospitality (Basic)? y  
Hospitality (G3V3 Enhancements)? y  
H.323 Trunks? n  
PNC Duplication? y  
Processor and System MSP? y  
Private Networking? y  
IP Stations? n  
ISDN Feature Plus? y Restrict Call Forward Off Net? y  
ISDN-BRI Trunks? y  
ISDN-PRI? y  
Secondary Data Module? y  
Station and Trunk MSP? y  
Malicious Call Trace? y  
Mode Code for Centralized Voice Mail? n  
Mode Code Interface? y  
Tenant Partitioning? y  
Terminal Trans. Init. (TTI)? y  
Time of Day Routing? y  
Multifrequency Signaling? y  
Multimedia Appl. Server Interface (MASI)? y  
Uniform Dialing Plan? y  
Multimedia Call Handling (Basic)? y Usage Allocation Enhancements? y  
Multimedia Call Handling (Enhanced)? y  
Multiple Locations? y  
Personal Station Access (PSA)? y  
Wideband Switching? y  
Wireless? y  
(NOTE: You must logoff & login to effect the permission changes.)  
Screen 5-10. Optional features—screen 3  
change cabinet 1  
Page 1 of 1  
CABINET  
CABINET DESCRIPTION  
Cabinet: 1  
Cabinet Layout: five-carrier  
Cabinet Type: processor  
Number of Portnetworks: 1  
Location: 1  
Room:  
Floor:  
Building:  
CARRIER DESCRIPTION  
Carrier  
Carrier Type  
Number  
C
B
A
X
D
E
not-used  
PN 01  
PN 01  
PN 01  
not-used  
processor  
fan  
not-used  
not-used  
PN 01  
PN 01  
Screen 5-11. Cabinet  
NOTE:  
With Release 7.1 or later software, all cabinets are automatically assigned  
location 1.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-27  
Field description:  
Location  
Location number associated with the cabinet (range is 1-44, default 1).  
Field cannot be blank  
Location is display-only if the Multiple locationsfield (change  
system-parameters customer-options) is not set to y.  
change locations  
Page 1 of 3  
LOCATIONS  
ARS Prefix 1 Required For 10-Digit NAMP Calls? y  
Number  
Name  
Timezeone Daylight-Savings  
Number Plan  
Area Code  
Offset  
Rule  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
Main  
+ 00:00  
0
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Screen 5-12. Locations—screen 1  
NOTE:  
Upgrades from a previous software version default to a single location  
(location 1) with the values shown in Screen 5-12. The Number Plan  
Area Codeis the home NPA from the dial plan screen of the earlier  
release.  
Field description:  
ARS Prefix 1  
Required For  
10-Digit NANP  
Calls?  
This field is set to y if all 10-digit NANP calls (those marked as FNPA in the  
ARS analysis tables) must be preceded by a digit ‘1’ (commonly called the  
toll prefix); otherwise, it is set to n.  
NOTE:  
Many areas in the United States have changed to 10-digit dialing for  
local calls, and administration for this field and the ARS analysis  
entries must reflect these changes.  
Number  
This read-only field uniquely identifies a location. Valid values range from  
1 to 44.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-28  
Name  
This15-character field identifies the location but may be blank for any given  
location (default = y).  
Timezone  
Offset  
This field specifies the time offset from the system standard time. Set a  
value in the ±, hour (0-23),and minute (0-59) areas, as these fields cannot  
be blank for an administered location.  
Number  
This field is the number assigned to the administered, customized rule  
(0 to 15) for this location. Each rule consists of the week, day, month, and  
time that daylight savings starts and stops.  
Rule 0 is no daylight savings time and is not alterable.  
Rule 1 defaults to the U.S. daylight savings time rule but may be  
altered or deleted.  
Number Plan  
Area Code  
This field is the numbering plan area code appropriate for this location  
(can be blank).  
change daylight-savings-rules  
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS RULES  
Change Day Month Date  
Page 1 of 2  
Rule  
Time  
Increment  
0: No Daylight Savings  
1: Start: first Sunday  
Stop: first Sunday  
2. Start: first  
Stop: first  
3. Start: first  
Stop: first  
4. Start: first  
Stop: first  
5. Start: first  
Stop: first  
on or after April  
on or after October  
on or after  
on or after  
on or after  
on or after  
on or after  
on or after  
on or after  
on or after  
on or after  
on or after  
on or after  
on or after  
1
at 2 :0  
1 :0  
0 :  
0 :  
0 :  
0 :  
0 :  
0 :  
25 at 2 :0  
at 0 :  
at 0 :  
at 0 :  
at 0 :  
at 0 :  
at 0 :  
at 0 :  
at 0 :  
at 0 :  
at 0 :  
at 0 :  
at 0 :  
6. Start: first  
Stop: first  
7. Start: first  
Stop: first  
Screen 5-13. Daylight savings rules screen  
Field description:  
Change Day  
Month  
The day of the week, or date that the change takes effect.  
The month the change takes effect.  
Date  
The date on or after which the change takes place.  
Time  
2 fields that specify the hour (0-23) and minute (0-59) that the change  
takes effect (in 24-hour format)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-29  
Increment  
2 fields specifying the number of hours (0-23) and minutes (0-59) the clock  
is moved ahead to begin daylight savings time (and moved back to return  
to standard time).  
NOTE:  
Some states (Arizona) or portions of states (Indiana) do not observe  
daylight savings time. Verify the daylight savings time status in all your  
locations.  
set time  
Page 1 of 1  
DATE AND TIME  
DATE  
Day of the Week: Sunday  
Day of the Month: 24  
Month: October  
Year: 1999  
TIME  
Hour: 8 Minute: 16  
Second: 31  
Type: Standard  
Daylight Savings Time Rule: 0  
WARNING: Changing the date or time will impact BCMS, CDR and MEASUREMENTS  
Screen 5-14. Date and time screen  
NOTE:  
When the system clock is upgraded from an earlier release, the daylight  
savings time rule on the set time screen defaults to 0 (no rule). While you  
can change the daylight savings time rule, the system clock is not adjusted  
automatically until the next transition of the rule.  
Field description:  
Type  
Daylight-savings= daylight savings time  
Standard= standard time  
Daylight  
Savings Rule  
The daylight savings time rule number (0 to 15). Rule 0 is no daylight  
savings time, and rule 1 defaults to U.S. daylight savings time rule.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-30  
SVC cache  
DEFINITY ATM software maintains a cache of inter-port-network connections  
(SVCs), with the preference given to those SVCs with the longest setup times. All  
cached interconnections are aged to ensure that a large number of them are not  
kept during nearly idle periods.  
You can administer the setup time thresholds, cache holding times, and total  
cache size, which can mitigate the effects of long interconnection setup delays.  
The change atm svc-cache command (Screen 5-15) is restricted to init, inads,  
and craft logins.  
change atm svc-cache  
Page 1 of 1  
ATM SVC CACHE  
Algorithm:  
Size: 410  
ALGORITHM PARAMETERS  
For Latency Hold Time  
>= 50  
>= 0  
>=  
>=  
>=  
>=  
>=  
>=  
>=  
ms  
ms  
ms  
ms  
ms  
ms  
ms  
ms  
ms  
ms  
36  
12  
sec  
sec  
sec  
sec  
sec  
sec  
sec  
sec  
sec  
sec  
>=  
Screen 5-15. ATM SVC cache report  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-31  
Field description:  
Algorithm  
The name of the cache algorithm (default is lan). Possible values are  
none, lan, man, wan, and custom.  
When this field is changed to none, lan, man, or wan, the read-only For  
Latencyand Hold Timefield values change to the following (all other  
entries are blank):  
Value  
For Latency (ms) Hold Time (ms)  
none  
lan  
0
50  
0
0
36  
12  
man  
wan  
800  
50  
0
80  
16  
8
800  
200  
50  
200  
36  
16  
0
0
When this field is custom, none of the For Latencyor Hold Timefield  
values change, but the fields change from read-only to read/write. For  
example, if you want a slight variation of the wan algorithm, type wan first  
to set the above values, then type custom to change the individual  
parameters.  
Size  
The maximum number of entries simultaneously allowed in the cache  
(default = 410).  
For Latency  
These fields (10) are read-only if the Algorithmfield is none, lan, man,  
or wan, but are read/write if Algorithmis custom. Defaults: 36 for the  
1st entry, 0 for the second, blank for the last 8 entries.  
Gain/Loss adjustments  
Gain and loss are administrable. Calls between a digital (BRI or DCP) phone  
(6400 and 8400 series) and an analog trunk port require adjustments to the  
default gain/loss settings to prevent distortion. Use the procedure (Table 5-12) to  
administer digital phones on ATM-PNC DEFINITY ECSs.  
NOTE:  
Use the following procedure only for Series 6400 or 8400 digital phones.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-32  
Table 5-12. Gain/loss adjustment procedure  
Step  
Action  
Description  
1.  
Set or verify gain/loss  
administration  
Type change system-parameters country-options and  
press Enter.  
The System Parameters Country-Options screen displays  
(Table 5-16).  
2.  
3.  
Set digital loss plan  
Domestic: Ensure that the Digital Loss Planfield is 1.  
If it is, exit this procedure.  
International: If the Digital Loss Planfield is anything  
other than 1, you must change the terminal parameters.  
Proceed to step 3.  
Customize the digital  
phone series  
Type change terminal-parameters termtype and press  
Enter. (termtype can be 603/302B1, 6400 or 8400.)  
administration  
See the 6400-Type Terminal Parameters example (Table  
5-17) display (6400 used for this example).  
Change the Default Parameter Setfield to 1.  
4.  
Change the settings  
In the Primary Levels part of the screen, change the  
following fields to these settings:  
Voice Transmit (dB)= +2.5  
Voice Receive (dB)= -2.0  
For 6400 and 8400 series phones only: in the BUILT-IN  
SPEAKER LEVELS part of the screen, change the following  
fields to these settings:  
Voice Transmit (dB)= 0.0  
Voice receive (dB)= 0.0  
Press Enter.  
5.  
If both series 6400  
and 8400 digital  
phones are used  
Repeat steps 3 and 4 for all of the applicable phone series  
connected to this switch, using 603/302B1, 6400 or 8400  
at the end of the command string. When finished, press  
Enter to effect the changes.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Administering DEFINITY ECS  
5
5-33  
change system-parameters country-options  
Page  
1 of  
21  
SYSTEM PARAMETERS COUNTRY-OPTIONS  
Companding Mode: Mu-Law  
440Hz PBX-dial Tone? n  
Base Tone Generator Set: 1  
440Hz Secondary-dial Tone? n  
Digital Loss Plan: 1  
Analog Ringing Cadence: 1  
Analog Line Transmission: 1  
64/84xx Display Character Set? roman  
TONE DETECTOR PARAMETERS  
Tone Detection Mode: 6  
Set Layer 1 timer T1 to 30 seconds? n  
Interdigit Pause: short  
Screen 5-16. System parameters country-options—screen 1  
change terminal-parameters 6400  
6400-TYPE TERMINAL PARAMETERS  
Page  
1 of  
1
SPE A  
Default Parameter Set: 1  
Display Mode:  
Customize Parameters? y  
OPTIONS  
Handset Expander Enabled?  
Volume:  
PRIMARY LEVELS  
Voice Transmit (dB): 2.5  
Voice Receive (dB): 2.5  
Voice Transmit (dB):  
Voice Sidetone (dB):  
Touch Tone Transmit (dB):  
Voice Receive (dB):  
Touch Tone Sidetone (dB):  
BUILT-IN SPEAKER LEVELS  
Voice Transmit (dB):  
Voice Receive (dB):  
Touch Tone Sidetone (dB):  
6402 BUILT-IN SPEAKER LEVELS  
Voice Receive (dB):  
Touch Tone Sidetone (dB):  
Screen 5-17. 6400-type terminal parameters  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Final Checklist and Test  
5
5-34  
Final Checklist and Test  
After you complete all the administration, you might want to run through a final  
checklist and verify that everything is working. This section contains a final  
installation checklist and a procedure for testing the installation.  
Use Table 5-13 to make sure that the switch administration for both the ATM and  
DEFINITY ECS switches is complete. Use Table 5-14 and Table 5-15 to test the  
ATM-PNC and ATM-CES installations, respectively.  
Table 5-13. Final installation checklist  
Switch  
administration  
What to check  
How to check  
ATM  
1. A VPI or VCI is administered for each CES PVC  
2. Class of service is Constant Bit Rate (CBR)  
Query ATM switch  
Query ATM switch  
Query ATM switch  
3. Quality of Service (QoS) is Peak Cell Rate  
(PCR)  
DEFINITY ECS  
switch  
1. ATM circuit packs inserted and translated  
Query DEFINITY ECS (list  
configuration atm)  
2. Signaling group  
for each PVC  
a. Signaling group  
identifier  
Query DEFINITY ECS (status  
signaling group)  
b. Circuit pack ID  
c. VPI/VCI  
d. VC type is PVC  
e. D-channel port  
number  
assigned  
properly  
f. Signaling type  
(CES)  
administered  
g. Minimum  
number of  
channels  
administered  
(total of 7, at  
least 1 must be a  
D channel)  
h. D- and  
B-channel-to-por  
t mapping  
3. PVCs are up  
Query DEFINITY ECS (status  
signaling-group n). If  
signaling group is in service,  
then PVCs are up.  
ATM-PNC  
1. ATM circuit packs installed and translated  
Query DEFINITY ECS  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Final Checklist and Test  
5
5-35  
Table 5-13. Final installation checklist — Continued  
Switch  
administration  
What to check  
How to check  
2. ATM addresses are correct  
3. EALs are up  
Query DEFINITY ECS  
Query DEFINITY ECS (list  
system link)  
Table 5-14. ATM-PNC installation test procedure  
What to check  
How to check  
How to fix  
1. Check SONET/SDH layer  
for status and alarms.  
Query alarms and hardware  
logs  
2. Check the LEDs on the  
ATM circuit packs  
Refer to the maintenance book  
for descriptions of the LEDs,  
their flash rates, and the  
conditions indicated.  
3. Ensure that Expansion  
Archangel Links (EAL) are  
established to the EPNs  
On the DEFINITY ECS access  
terminal, type list system link  
and press Enter.  
If the EAL is not up, check  
the ATM address for that  
TN2305/TN2306 port  
network (list atm-pnc, then  
display atm-pnc n).  
If the ATM address is  
incorrect, enter the correct  
ATM address (change  
atm-pnc n) and retest.  
4. Place test call to any EPN  
remoted through the ATM  
network.  
Dial an administered number on  
a remoted EPN.  
5. Verify synchronization  
Query ATM switch to make sure  
it is in “locked” state  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Administering ATM-PNC and ATM-CES  
Final Checklist and Test  
5
5-36  
Table 5-15. ATM-CES installation test procedure  
What to check  
How to check  
How to fix  
1. Check SONET/SDH layer  
for status and alarms.  
2. Check the LEDs on the  
ATM circuit packs  
Refer to the maintenance book  
for descriptions of the LEDs,  
their flash rates, and the  
conditions indicated.  
3. Temporarily disable any call  
overflows through  
Place test call to any EPN  
remoted through each signaling  
group. Make sure call  
completes and has a 2-way talk  
path.  
administration across each  
CES trunk group.  
4. Ensure CDR records  
properly, if enabled  
5. Verify that ISDN features  
are working  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
6-1  
Troubleshooting  
6
This chapter provides the following troubleshooting information:  
Contact information—Lists Lucent service organizations and helplines for  
U.S. and international installations  
Alarms and errors—Lists ATM maintenance objects and the platforms on  
which you can expect alarms and errors.  
Troubleshooting ATM-CES—Provides tips for troubleshooting DEFINITY  
ECS ATM-CES interfacing with ATM switches.  
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC—Provides tips for troubleshooting DEFINITY  
ECS ATM-PNC interfacing with ATM switches.  
NOTE:  
Information on troubleshooting specific ATM switches is found in your ATM  
switch’s quick reference guide.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Contact information  
6-2  
Contact information  
Lucent service organizations  
Table 6-1 lists initial contact information for Lucent Technologies’ service and  
support. In cases where there is trouble and the customer cannot tell where it  
resides, call the Technical Service Organization (TSO) or Global Strategic  
Opportunities Division (GSOD) first.  
Table 6-1. Lucent service organizations—initial contact information  
Organization  
Contact information  
Technical Service  
Organization (TSO)  
Customers: 1-800-242-2121  
Technicians: 1-800-248-1234  
International: Call your local direct or indirect channel  
partner  
1-800-237-0016  
NetCare® Professional  
Services (NPS)  
Data networking technical  
support  
Domestic: 1-800-237-0016 (press 0 at the prompt, then dial  
extension 73300)  
Outside the USA: 1-813-217-2425.  
Lucent ATM switches  
Services & Solution Delivery  
support  
http://infohub.mt.lucent.com/ (choose Product Index)  
or  
DEFINITY ECS switch  
Services & Solution Delivery  
support  
Global Strategic  
Opportunities (GSO) Division  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
Alarms and errors  
6
6-3  
Helplines  
Table 6-2 lists various HelpLine organizations that handle postsale maintenance  
and general usage questions.  
Table 6-2. Helpline information  
US and Canada  
Organization  
Direct  
Indirect  
BCS Enterprise  
INS Enterprise  
DEFINITY Helpline  
1-800-225-7585  
1-800-225-7585  
Maintenance  
1-800-242-2121  
(TSC)  
1-800-242-2121  
(TSC)  
Helpline  
1-800-237-1616  
1-800-237-0016  
NA  
Call distributor or  
maintenance provider  
Maintenance  
Provisioning  
1-800-996-7053  
(WestCon)  
GSO  
720-444-9990  
720-444-9990  
Maintenance  
International customers  
International MNC customers contact the RCOE with any problems.  
All other international customers contact their Channel Partner with any  
problems.  
Alarms and errors  
Depending on the ATM-PNC or ATM-CES application and the DEFINITY ECS  
switch platform, Table 6-3 describes the ATM maintenance objects and the  
platforms on which you can expect alarms and errors to occur. For specific  
maintenance information refer to one of the following books:  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Maintenance for  
R8r  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Maintenance for  
R8si  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Maintenance for  
R8csi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
Alarms and errors  
6
6-4  
Table 6-3. ATM maintenance objects descriptions  
DEFINITY ECS  
platform  
Maintenance  
object  
Description  
PNC  
CES  
r
si  
csi/c  
ATM-BCH  
Monitors the bearer channels  
X
X
X
X
containing digitized voice and data  
ATM-DCH  
ATM-EI  
Monitors the signaling channel  
containing control messages  
X
X
X
X
X
ATM Expansion Interface provides  
port network connectivity between  
the PPN and the EPN(s).  
X
X
ATM-INTF  
ATM Interface provides basic  
maintenance (test and reset) for  
ATM circuit packs that have not  
been administered as ATM  
Expansion Interface (ATM-EI) or  
ATM trunk (ATM-TRK).  
X
X
X
X
ATM-NTWK  
Indicates problems with the  
network, primarily signaling,  
including the ATM switch(es).  
X
X
X
ATM-SGRP  
ATM-SYNC  
Monitors ATM signaling groups.  
X
X
X
X
X
Monitors the common reference  
frequency among the DEFINITY  
ECS, the ATM switch(es), central  
offices (CO), and customer  
premise equipment (CPE)  
ATM-TRK  
EXP-PN  
Monitors the ATM circuit pack when  
administered for trunking.  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Is responsible for overall  
maintenance of an EPN  
SYS-LINK  
Monitors system links  
X
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-CES  
6-5  
Troubleshooting ATM-CES  
Table 6-4 provides a first-level method for troubleshooting an installation.  
Table 6-4. ATM-CES installation troubleshooting checklist  
Problem  
Solution  
Is DEFINITY ECS software Release 7 or  
later?  
Verify that software is Release 7 or later  
On System Parameters Maintenance  
screen  
Set to correct field  
Is Bus Bridgefield set to enabled? (csi) Set to correct field  
Is Packet Busfield set to activated? Verify/replace EI circuit packs  
(r,si)  
Are EI circuit packs TN570Bs or later?  
All COR, COS, UDP, FRLs, AAR, and ARS Verify they are all set correctly  
support proper routing  
The following list provides tips for further ATM-CES troubleshooting:  
Inspecting LEDs—Describes the possible LED states on the  
— TN2305/TN2306 ATM interface circuit packs  
— ATM switch  
Troubleshooting interoperability—Provides guidelines for troubleshooting  
Physical connections  
Administration  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack  
ATM signaling architecture  
Unusual ATM trouble conditions—Describes difficult-to-diagnose failure  
modes in the DEFINITY ECS and ATM switch combinations.  
DEFINITY ECS ATM-CES troubleshooting commands—Describes  
specific troubleshooting commands.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-CES  
6-6  
Inspecting LEDs  
To get a high-level status of the system, observe the LEDs on the  
TN2305/TN2306 ATM interface circuit packs and the ATM switch. For information  
on interpreting the LEDs on the ATM switch, refer to your switch’s quick reference  
guide. For information on interpreting the LEDs on the TN2305/TN2306 circuit  
packs, refer to the following books:  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Maintenance for  
R8r  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Maintenance for  
R8si  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Maintenance for  
R8csi  
Troubleshooting interoperability  
This section covers the following ATM interoperability topics:  
Physical connections—Checks for correct ATM installation and  
configuration  
Administration—Checks for correct DEFINITY ECS and ATM switch  
administration  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack—Checks LED status, circuit pack insertion,  
and demand tests  
ATM signaling architecture—Checks the interoperability between the  
DEFINITY ECS switch and the ATM switch  
Because Lucent offers a variety of ATM switches, this discussion suggests  
general rather than specific diagnostics.  
Physical connections  
Has the ATM switch been installed and configured correctly?  
Diagnostics  
Is the ATM switch powered up?  
If you are administering the ATM switch through a locally attached  
console, is there a local console terminal connected to the console port on  
the ATM switch processor circuit pack with the correctly pinned RS232  
serial cable?  
If you are administering the ATM switch through telnet over the Ethernet, is  
there an Ethernet drop plugged into the Ethernet port on the ATM switch  
processor board? (Note that a few ATM switch commands may only be  
permitted over the local console terminal.)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-CES  
6-7  
Has the ATM switch been booted using either a reset button or by turning  
the power off then on again?  
Did the ATM switch go through a normal power up sequence, including  
testing all of the LEDs?  
Are any ATM switch FAULT LEDs lit?  
Are the remaining ATM switch LEDs in a normal state?  
Can you log into the ATM switch console using the diagnostic account  
from the local console terminal or through telnet? If so, check the system  
status  
a. If the customer is providing an Ethernet connection to the ATM  
switch, does the Ethernet IP addressfield have the  
customer-provided Internet address?  
NOTE:  
You might not be able to administer the ATM switch through a  
telnet connection over the Ethernet, but if you are able to,  
make sure the Ethernet address is correct.  
b. If the customer is providing an Ethernet connection to the ATM  
switch, does the Ethernet IP maskfield have the  
customer-provided mask (typically something like  
255.255.255.0, although other values are valid)?  
c. If the customer is providing an Ethernet connection to the ATM  
switch, does the IP default routerfield have the  
customer-provided Internet address?  
d. If the customer is providing an Ethernet connection to the ATM  
switch and intends to upload to or download from a TFTP server,  
does the TFTP serverfield have the customer-provided Internet  
address?  
e. Does the ATM addressfield have the correct network prefix (the  
first 13 bytes)?  
f. On th ATM switch, is the PVC administered correctly?  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-CES  
6-8  
Administration  
Is DEFINITY ECS ATM-CES administered correctly?  
D-channel problems. If the D-channel does not come up following CES  
administration, use the following steps to troubleshoot the cause.  
Table 6-5. Troubleshooting CES  
Step  
Action  
Description  
1.  
Verify PVC is correctly  
administered  
Check VPI/VCI (change signaling-group siggrpnbr,  
screen 2)  
Check channel  
number  
Check that both ends of the emulated circuit have the  
same number of channels (change signaling-group  
siggrpnbr, screen 2).  
2.  
3.  
Check trunks  
Both ends of the emulated circuit have the same number  
of trunks (change trunk-group trkgrpnbr, screen 6).  
NOTE:  
A trunk group can contain either ISDN or ATM trunks  
but not both.  
4.  
5.  
Check channels  
Both ends of the emulated circuit use the same channel  
numbers (change signaling-group siggrpnbr, screen 2).  
Use the same channel numbers for the port to channel  
mapping (page 2) for the other end. See ‘‘Changing the  
port-to-channel mapping’’ on page 5-22 for more  
information.  
Check maximum  
number of emulated  
circuits  
The maximum number of emulated circuits (signaling  
groups) on a single ATM circuit pack is 8.  
Each circuit pack can have more than one signaling  
group and more than one D-channel  
The D-channel from one emulated circuit cannot  
signal for the bearer channels of another emulated  
circuit (no Nonfacility Associated Signaling for virtual  
circuits).  
6.  
Check minimum ports  
for emulated circuit  
A minimum of 7 ports must be administered for each  
emulated circuit as follows:  
at least 6 bearer (B) channels  
one signaling (D) channel (required)  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-CES  
6-9  
Table 6-5. Troubleshooting CES Continued  
Step  
Action  
Description  
7.  
Check D-channel  
administration  
The D-channel is administered in a port numbered  
009–032 (display signaling-group siggrpnbr, screen 2).  
NOTE:  
The D-channel is automatically populated in  
channel 24 (T1) and channel 16 (E1) and this must  
match on both ends.  
8.  
Check trunk limits  
DEFINITY trunk limits must not be exceeded (see Table  
6-6)  
Table 6-6. DEFINITY ECS trunk capacities by model  
Capacity  
c, csi, si  
99  
r
Maximum trunks per trunk group  
Maximum number of trunk groups  
Maximum number of trunks in the system  
255  
666  
4000  
99  
400  
NOTE:  
Port numbers on each end of the emulated circuit do not have to match.  
Is the ATM switch administered correctly?  
To verify that a specific Lucent ATM switch was administered correctly, refer to  
the appropriate reference guide.  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack  
Did the TN2305/TN2306 come up correctly?  
1. Review the LED conditions for the TN2305/TN2306 (refer to the  
appropriate maintenance book for LED indications):  
Do the TN2305/TN2306 LEDs indicate a normal operational state  
(any of the following):  
— Active in the PPN  
— Standby in the PPN  
— Archangel mode in the EPN  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-CES  
6-10  
— Standby in the EPN  
— CES in any PN  
2. If after circuit pack insertion or a demand reset:  
Do the TN2305/TN2306 LEDs indicate that it is booting?  
Do the TN2305/TN2306 LEDs indicate it is downloading its DSPs?  
Do the TN2305/TN2306 LEDs indicate that circuit pack is not  
completely inserted?  
Do the TN2305/TN2306 LEDs indicate a maintenance alarm?  
3. If the TN2305/TN2306 is inserted and shows a vintage number, type test  
board UUCSS and press Enter; Screen 6-1 displays.  
test board 1b11  
Page 1  
TEST RESULTS  
Maintenance Name Alt. Name Test No. Result  
Port  
Error Code  
888  
01B11  
01B11  
01B11  
ATM-TRK  
ATM-TRK  
ATM-TRK  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-BCH  
ATM-DCH  
ATM-SGRP  
ATM-SGRP  
ATM-SGRP  
598  
1293  
1259  
255  
256  
257  
255  
257  
255  
256  
257  
255  
256  
257  
255  
256  
257  
255  
256  
257  
255  
256  
257  
643  
636  
1291  
647  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
01B11009  
01B11009  
01B11009  
01B11010  
01B11010  
01B11011  
01B11011  
01B11011  
01B11012  
01B11012  
01B11012  
01B11013  
01B11013  
01B11013  
01B11014  
01B11014  
01B11014  
01B11200  
01B11200  
01B11200  
01B11015  
1
001/006  
001/006  
001/006  
001/001  
001/001  
001/002  
001/002  
001/002  
001/003  
001/003  
001/003  
001/004  
001/004  
001/004  
001/005  
001/005  
001/005  
001/007  
001/007  
001/007  
1
1
Screen 6-1. Screen output for test board number  
The Resultfield should show PASSfor each test number. If any of  
the tests fail, refer to the ATM-TRK maintenance object in one of the  
following books:  
— DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8  
Maintenance for R8r  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-CES  
6-11  
— DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8  
Maintenance for R8si  
— DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8  
Maintenance for R8csi  
Possible causes  
1. The TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack is in a slot different from the DEFINITY  
administration.  
2. The TN2305/TN2306 was not completely inserted.  
ATM signaling architecture  
Troubleshooting interoperability between the DEFINITY ECS switch and the ATM  
switch involves understanding the architecture of ATM signaling (Figure 6-1). A  
Lucent Cajun A500 is used to show this concept.  
DEFINITY  
PPN  
DEFINITY  
EPN  
A500  
ATM call control  
Q.93B  
Q.93B  
CaPro  
Q.SAAL  
Q.SAAL  
ATM  
ATM  
Switch  
fabric  
SONET  
Physical  
SONET  
Physical  
Fiber  
Fiber  
TN230X  
TN230X  
iodatrb LJK 052899  
Figure 6-1. ATM signaling architecture  
The following list shows the ATM-stack layers discussed in this section:  
Physical layer  
SONET/SDH layer  
Call processing (CaPro) Layer  
Physical layer  
Is there an optical signal between the TN2305/TN2306 and the ATM switch?  
1. Identify the OC-3/STM-1 ports on the ATM switch that have DEFINITY port  
networks attached.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-CES  
6-12  
Be aware that customers may use other ports on the ATM switch for  
applications unrelated to DEFINITY (LAN traffic or multimedia  
applications, for examples).  
These other applications may manifest themselves in the output of  
the troubleshooting commands you run on the ATM switch.  
DEFINITY port networks must be identified by their ATM switch port  
numbers.  
NOTE:  
The following examples show DEFINITY port networks  
connected to ATM switch ports A1.1 and A1.2.  
2. Does the TN2305/TN2306’s YELLOW LED flash 100 ms on and 100 ms off,  
indicating a loss of signal on the fiber? Recall that the TN2305/TN2306  
detects continuity problems with either the transmit (bottom) or the receive  
(top) fibers.  
If the fiber shows a loss of signal, refer to the “Fiber Fault Isolation  
Procedure” in DEFINITY ECS Maintenance for R8r.  
3. Is the ATM switch port’s LED indicating a loss of signal on the fiber? Note  
that the ATM switch may detect continuity problems only with the receive  
fiber; the state of the transmit fiber might not be detected.  
4. Refer to your ATM switch’s quick reference guide for troubleshooting  
commands.  
Possible causes.  
Check the following list for possible causes.  
The fiber is disconnected from the ATM switch and/or the TN2305/TN2306  
circuit pack.  
The transmit and receive fibers are swapped at the ATM switch or the  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack (but not both).  
There is a break in the fiber.  
The TN2305/TN2306 is not transmitting a carrier (not inserted, not  
powered, or not administered). See the ATM-TRK maintenance  
object in one of the following books:  
— DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8  
Maintenance for R8r  
— DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8  
Maintenance for R8si  
— DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8  
Maintenance for R8csi  
Hardware safety interlocks on optical transceivers may cut transmitter  
power if no carrier is received, so lack of a receive carrier could indicate a  
transmDitotewrnlpoardobfrolemmWwawt .tShoemsanaumalse.ceomnd. A.ll Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-CES  
6-13  
The ATM switch does not recognize that a port circuit pack is in the slot.  
You may need to re-administer the ATM switch port boards. Refer to your  
ATM switch’s quick reference guide for further information.  
Recommended Action.  
1. Plug in, swap, repair, or replace the fiber as necessary.  
2. Verify that the port circuit pack is completely inserted.  
SONET/SDH layer  
Are SONET/SDH frames reaching the ATM switch?  
Is the ATM switch port’s LED indicating no cell traffic?  
Check the transmit and receive cell count fields. Each field’s values  
should be increasing if the TN2305/TN2306 is actively sending and  
receiving cells to and from the ATM switch.  
Check for SONET/SDH layer alarms, LOP, LOF, LOS, and so on.  
If neither field is increasing, the ATM switch port may be down. Verify that  
the admin status is up.  
If the receive cell count is increasing but the transmit cell count is not  
increasing, this may be because the port was administered with no UNI  
signaling. Ensure that signaling is UNI3.1.  
Although the error counters may not be zero, they should not be large  
either compared with the receive and transmit cell counters. If the  
counters are large and increasing, check the fiber integrity. Make sure the  
fiber pairs are securely plugged into both the TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack  
and the ATM switch.  
If the fiber has been pulled and reinserted as part of fault diagnosis, the  
nonzero loss of signal error counter may be correct.  
Call processing (CaPro) Layer  
Are control channels being established from the PPN to the EPN?  
Diagnostics.  
Do you get a dial tone on a set on the port network in question?  
Can you ring a set on the EPN dialing from the PPN and vice-versa?  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-CES  
6-14  
1. Type list sys-link and press Enter. Screen 6-2 shows the screen output.  
list sys-link  
SYSTEM LINKS INFORMATION  
Location Link Type/  
Channel  
State  
Current  
Path  
Faulted  
Path  
Last Fault  
Recorded  
02A0101  
01B0202  
02A0102  
EAL  
PACL  
PACL  
up  
up  
up  
present  
present  
present  
present  
present  
present  
12/06/1997 16:20  
12/06/1997 16:17  
12/06/1997 16:20  
Screen 6-2. System links information  
Ensure that the fields have the values indicated below.  
Link Type/  
Channel  
One PACLto each TN2305/TN2306 in either a PPN or an  
EPN, and one EALto each TN2305/TN2306 in an EPN.  
State  
up  
2. On the ATM switch console, look at the switch circuit.  
The VBRnrt (Variable Bit Rate) virtual circuits between the ATM switch PPN  
and EPN ports are used for signaling between the PPN and each EPN.  
These are established once when initialized under control of DEFINITY  
Call Processing. They represent the ATM Control Link (ACL) and  
Expansion Archangel Link (EAL).  
VBRnrt virtual circuits are also used for ISDN channels between DEFINITY  
port networks.  
Other VBRnrt virtual circuits may exist between ATM switch ports that are  
not associated with DEFINITY port networks. A common use of VBRnrt  
circuits is multimedia and video-conferencing systems.  
Are talk paths being established between port networks?  
Diagnostics.  
Can you talk both ways on a set on one port network dialed from another  
port network and vice versa?  
— The CBR (Constant Bit Rate) virtual circuits (VCs) between ATM  
switch PPN port and ATM switch EPN port are used for talk paths  
between port networks (PPN to EPN, EPN to PPN, or EPN to EPN).  
— They are established when calls are first setup between port  
networks. Each virtual circuit represents one party of a complete  
multiparty talk path.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-CES  
6-15  
— These virtual circuits may persist beyond the duration of a phone  
call. The DEFINITY Call Processing software saves virtual circuits  
for a few seconds after the end stations have hung up in case the  
VC can be used again for another call between the same two port  
networks.  
— There may be other CBR virtual circuits between ATM switch ports  
that are not associated with DEFINITY port networks. A common  
CBR application is Circuit Emulation, in which T-1, T-3, and so forth  
circuits are carried over ATM.  
Unusual ATM trouble conditions  
A few failure modes in the DEFINITY ECS/ATM switch combination are  
particularly difficult to diagnose. One example might be that you cannot make a  
completely successful call even though most indications from DEFINITY ECS and  
the ATM switch look good.  
Incorrectly typed or omitted EPN route or end system identifier (ATM  
switch)  
Swapped routes, end system identifiers, or fiber between a PPN and an  
EPN  
Incorrectly typed or omitted EPN route or  
end system identifier (ATM switch)  
Symptoms  
Talk paths are one-way, from the PPN to the EPN: you can hear tones from the  
PPN end station to the EPN end station but not vice versa. Because the signaling  
channels are bidirectional virtual circuits (VCs) established from the PPN to the  
EPN, these can be routed correctly and come up just fine. Talk paths are two  
unidirectional virtual circuits, so a single call has one VC from the PPN to the EPN  
(which is routed correctly) and one VC from the EPN to the PPN (which cannot be  
routed).  
Diagnostics  
1. At the ATM switch, check the ATM addresses.  
2. Look for a cause code 3 (No route to destination).  
Action  
1. Correct the ATM address translations in the ATM switch.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-16  
Swapped routes, end system identifiers, or fiber  
between a PPN and an EPN  
Symptoms  
An incorrectly connected EPN TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack is not  
completely inserted.  
Dial tone is present on end stations on the PPN and on correctly  
connected EPNs, but no dial tone is present on the affected EPN end  
stations.  
Calls cannot be made between the PPN and the correctly connected  
EPNs because talk paths cannot be routed correctly.  
Diagnostics  
1. Check to see if the ATM switch shows VBR control channels from the ATM  
switch port intended for the incorrectly connected EPN (but actually  
connected logically or physically to the PPN) that should not exist.  
Action  
1. Correct the ATM addresses (or swap fibers) on the ATM switch between  
the incorrectly connected PPN and EPN.  
DEFINITY ECS ATM-CES troubleshooting  
commands  
If ATM-CES is enabled (change system-parameters customer-options), 2  
commands become available:  
change/display signaling-group siggrpnbr lets you determine the  
number of channels and lets you know their slot location.  
change trunk-group trkgrpnbr lets you determine the number of trunks.  
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
This section describes the process for troubleshooting the DEFINITY ECS  
ATM-PNC interface with the ATM switch.  
ATM switch  
Troubleshooting synchronization (400A only)—  
Connected through an ICSU  
Connected through a DSU/CSU  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-17  
Troubleshooting interoperability—Provides guidelines for troubleshooting  
Physical connections  
Administration  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack  
ATM signaling architecture  
Unusual ATM trouble conditions—Describes difficult-to-diagnose failure  
modes in the DEFINITY ECS and ATM switch combinations.  
DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC troubleshooting commands—Describes the  
following specific troubleshooting commands:  
change/display atm pnc-pairs  
list measurements atm pnc-latency  
Inspecting LEDs  
To get a high-level status of the system, observe the LEDs on the  
TN2305/TN2306 ATM interface circuit packs and the ATM switch. For information  
on interpreting the LEDs on the ATM switch, refer to your switch’s quick reference  
guide. For information on interpreting the LEDs on the TN2305/TN2306 circuit  
packs, refer to the following book:  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Maintenance for  
R8r  
Troubleshooting synchronization (400A only)  
Connected through an ICSU  
To troubleshoot 400A synchronization problems in systems where the  
synchronization signal connects through an ICSU, follow the procedures in Table  
6-7.  
Table 6-7. Troubleshooting 400A synchronization (through an ICSU)  
Step  
Action  
Description  
1.  
Check all connections If the LEDs on the DS1 circuit pack indicate an error  
condition, or any of the tests associated with testing the  
DS1 circuit pack fails, recheck all cables, connectors, and  
the splitter connection to the back of the DS1 circuit pack.  
2.  
Test the circuit pack  
Test the circuit pack (test board UUCSS).  
If the tests pass, go to step 14 (release). If a test fails,  
continue with step 3.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Continued on next page  
               
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-18  
Table 6-7. Troubleshooting 400A synchronization (through an ICSU) Continued  
Step  
3.  
Action  
Description  
Reseat circuit pack  
Reseat the DS1 circuit pack.  
Repeat the test (test board UUCSS).  
4.  
Retest the circuit  
pack  
If Tests 138 through 145 pass, go to step 14 (release).  
If any test fails, go to step 5.  
5.  
Busyout the DS1  
circuit pack  
To suppress alarms on the DS1 circuit pack, type busyout  
board UUCSS and press Enter.  
6.  
7.  
8.  
Remove ICSU  
Remove the ICSU module from the splitter.  
Remove the splitter from the DS1 circuit pack.  
Remove splitter  
Put ICSU directly on  
DS1 circuit pack  
Reconnect the ICSU module directly to the back of the  
DS1 circuit pack (without the splitter) and reseat the DS1  
circuit pack.  
After approximately 30 seconds the DS1 Status LEDs  
should extinguish, leaving only the green Status 3 LED on  
steady.  
9.  
Test the circuit pack  
Replace splitter  
Test the circuit pack (test board UUCSS) and verify that  
the DS1 circuit pack passes Tests 138 through 145.  
If any one of Test 138 through 145 fails, follow the repair  
procedures listed in DEFINITY ECS Maintenance for R8r.  
10.  
11.  
12.  
If the tests pass, replace the splitter onto the back of the  
DS1 circuit pack.  
Reseat the circuit  
pack  
Reseat the DS1 circuit pack and check the Amphenol  
connectors, making sure they are seated properly.  
Test the circuit pack  
Test the circuit pack (test board UUCSS) and verify that  
the DS1 circuit pack passes Tests 138 through 145.  
If any one of Test 138 through 145 fails, follow the repair  
procedures listed in DEFINITY ECS Maintenance for R8r or  
replace the splitter.  
13.  
Escalate if necessary  
If the ICSU tests OK, go to step 14.  
If step 12 still fails, escalate to Tier 3 or replace the splitter.  
Release the DS1 circuit pack (release board UUCSS).  
14.  
15.  
Release the circuit  
pack  
Verify active  
synchronization  
source  
Verify that the designated DS1 circuit pack is now the  
active sync source (status synchronization).  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-19  
Connected through a DSU/CSU  
To troubleshoot synchronization problems in systems where the synchronization  
signal connects through a Data Service Unit (DSU) or Channel Service Unit  
(CSU), follow the procedures in Table 6-8.  
Use this table if the  
DTE or RLB loopback tests fail  
CSU or DSU/CSU does not return to normal service  
Table 6-8. Troubleshooting 400A T1 synchronization (through a DSU/CSU)  
Step  
Action  
Description  
1.  
If DSU/CSU does not  
go back to normal  
operation  
Verify that the current line compensation settings on the  
DS1 circuit pack (change board) match the DTE  
equalization settings of the CSU or DSU/CSU for the length  
of cable:  
2.  
Go through readout  
steps  
On the 316X CSU or DSU/CSU, press the double-up arrow.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
7.  
Continue  
Continue  
Continue  
Continue  
Continue  
Press the button under the “Config” readout  
Press the button under the “Activ.” readout  
Press the button under the “Edit.” readout  
Press the button under the “DTE.” readout  
Press the button under the “Next” readout until  
Equalization” displays. The top line of the display shows  
the current settings.  
8.  
Verify settings  
If these settings do not agree with the DS1 administration  
(step 1), enter the correct settings and retest.  
If the test still fails, continue.  
9.  
Increase equalization  
settings  
Increase the equalization settings on the CSU or DSU/CSU  
by one value.  
10.  
Go through readout  
steps  
Press the right-arrow button until “Value” displays. For  
example, if 0 through 133 displays, go to 133 through 266,  
and so on.  
11.  
12.  
Continue  
Continue  
Press the double-up arrow.  
Press the button under the “Yes” readout when asked to  
save options.  
13.  
14.  
Continue  
Retest  
Press the button under the “Active” readout when asked  
where to save the options.  
“Command Complete” displays.  
Retest  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Continued on next page  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-20  
Table 6-8. Troubleshooting 400A T1 synchronization (through a DSU/CSU) Continued  
Step  
Action  
Description  
15.  
If the 316X CSU or  
DSU/CSU fails the  
DTE or RLB loopback  
tests  
Remove the H600-307 DS1 cable from the splitter and the  
splitter from the DS1 circuit pack  
16.  
17.  
Remove splitter  
Remove the splitter from the DS1 circuit pack  
Reconnect the cable  
Reconnect the H600-307 cable directly to the DS1 circuit  
pack  
After about 30 s, all the alarm LEDs on the 316X DSU/CSU  
should go out.  
If the alarm LEDs on the 316X CSU or DSU/CSU do not go  
out, go to step 19.  
18.  
Test circuit pack  
Test the DS1 circuit pack (test board UUCSS).  
If any one of Test 138 through 145 fails, follow the repair  
procedures listed in DEFINITY ECS Maintenance for R8r.  
19.  
20.  
21.  
Check for errors  
Wait 15 minutes and check that the list measurements  
ds1 summary UUCSS report is free of any errors. Use  
Table 3-6 to help interpret the report.  
Replace the splitter  
If the alarm LEDs on the 316X are not lit, replace the  
splitter. If the splitter has already been replaced, escalate  
to Tier 3.  
Test the DS1 circuit  
pack  
If the alarm LEDs on the 316X extinguish with the new  
splitter installed, perform a test board UUCSS and press  
Enter and verify that the DS1 circuit pack passes tests 138  
through 145.  
If any one of Test 138 through 145 fails, follow the repair  
procedures listed in DEFINITY ECS Maintenance for R8r.  
22.  
Check error report  
Wait 15 minutes and perform a list measurements ds1  
summary UUCSS and verify that the DS1 circuit pack is  
free of errors. Use Table 3-6 to help interpret the report.  
23.  
24.  
25.  
Release circuit pack  
If there are no errors in step 22, release the DS1 circuit  
pack (release board UUCSS).  
If the alarm LEDs on  
the 316X fail to go out  
Reseat the DS1 circuit pack.  
Escalate if necessary  
If step 24 still fails, escalate to Tier 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-21  
Troubleshooting synchronization  
(401A/402A/403A)  
To troubleshoot 401A/402A/403A synchronization problems, follow the  
procedures in Table 6-9.  
Table 6-9. Troubleshooting 401A/402A/403A synchronization  
Step  
Action  
Description  
1.  
Check all connections If the LEDs on the DS1 circuit pack indicate an error  
condition, or any of the tests associated with testing the  
DS1 circuit pack fails, recheck all cables, connectors, and  
the splitter connection to the back of the DS1 circuit pack.  
2.  
Test the circuit pack  
Test the circuit pack (test board UUCSS).  
If the tests pass, go to step 13 (release). If a test fails,  
continue with step 3.  
3.  
4.  
Reseat circuit pack  
Reseat the DS1 circuit pack.  
Retest the circuit  
pack  
Repeat the test (test board UUCSS).  
If Tests 138 through 145 pass, go to step 13 (release).  
If any test fails, go to step 5.  
5.  
Busyout the DS1  
circuit pack  
To suppress alarms on the DS1 circuit pack, type busyout  
board UUCSS and press Enter.  
6.  
7.  
Remove splitter  
Remove the splitter from the DS1 circuit pack.  
Connect cable  
directly on DS1 circuit  
pack  
Reconnect the cable directly to the back of the DS1 circuit  
pack (without the splitter) and reseat the DS1 circuit pack.  
After approximately 30 seconds the DS1 Status LEDs  
should extinguish, leaving only the green Status 3 LED on  
steady.  
8.  
Test the circuit pack  
Test the circuit pack (test board UUCSS) and verify that  
the DS1 circuit pack passes Tests 138 through 145.  
If any one of Test 138 through 145 fails, follow the repair  
procedures listed in DEFINITY ECS Maintenance for R8r.  
9.  
10.  
11.  
Replace splitter  
If the tests pass, replace the splitter onto the back of the  
DS1 circuit pack.  
Reseat the circuit  
pack  
Reseat the DS1 circuit pack and check the Amphenol  
connectors, making sure they are seated properly.  
Test the circuit pack  
Test the circuit pack (test board UUCSS) and verify that  
the DS1 circuit pack passes Tests 138 through 145.  
If any one of Test 138 through 145 fails, follow the repair  
procedures listed in DEFINITY ECS Maintenance for R8r or  
replace the splitter.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-22  
Table 6-9. Troubleshooting 401A/402A/403A synchronization — Continued  
Step  
Action  
Description  
12.  
Escalate if necessary  
If the DS1 circuit pack tests OK, go to step 13.  
If step 11 still fails, escalate to Tier 3 or replace the splitter.  
13.  
14.  
Release the circuit  
pack  
Release the DS1 circuit pack (release board UUCSS).  
Verify active  
synchronization  
source  
Verify that the designated DS1 circuit pack is now the  
active sync source (status synchronization).  
Troubleshooting interoperability  
This section covers the following ATM interoperability topics:  
Physical connections—Checks for correct ATM installation and  
configuration  
Administration—Checks for correct DEFINITY ECS and ATM switch  
administration  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack—Checks LED status, circuit pack insertion,  
and demand tests  
ATM signaling architecture—Checks the interoperability between the  
DEFINITY ECS switch and the ATM switch  
Because Lucent offers a variety of ATM switches, this discussion suggests  
general rather than specific diagnostics.  
Physical connections  
Has the ATM switch been installed and configured correctly?  
Diagnostics  
Is the ATM switch powered up?  
If you are administering the ATM switch through a locally attached  
console, is there a local console terminal connected to the console port on  
the ATM switch processor circuit pack with the correctly pinned RS232  
serial cable?  
If you are administering the ATM switch through telnet over the Ethernet, is  
there an Ethernet drop plugged into the Ethernet port on the ATM switch  
processor board? (Note that a few ATM switch commands are only  
permitted over the local console terminal.)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-23  
Has the ATM switch been booted using either a reset button or by turning  
the power off then on again?  
Did the ATM switch go through a normal power up sequence, including  
testing all of the LEDs?  
Are any ATM switch FAULT LEDs lit?  
Are the remaining ATM switch LEDs in a normal state?  
Can you log into the ATM switch console using the diagnostic account  
from the local console terminal or through telnet? If so, check the system  
status  
a. If the customer is providing an Ethernet connection to the ATM  
switch, does the Ethernet IP addressfield have the  
customer-provided Internet address?  
NOTE:  
You might not be able to administer the ATM switch through a  
telnet connection over the Ethernet, but if you are able to,  
make sure the Ethernet address is correct.  
b. If the customer is providing an Ethernet connection to the ATM  
switch, does the Ethernet IP maskfield have the  
customer-provided mask (typically something like  
255.255.255.0, although other values are valid)?  
c. If the customer is providing an Ethernet connection to the ATM  
switch, does the IP default routerfield have the  
customer-provided Internet address?  
d. If the customer is providing an Ethernet connection to the ATM  
switch and intends to upload to or download from a TFTP server,  
does the TFTP serverfield have the customer-provided Internet  
address?  
e. Does the ATM addressfield have the correct network prefix (the  
first 13 bytes)?  
Administration  
Administration must be correct for both the DEFINITY ECS and ATM switches.  
DEFINITY ECS switch administration  
ATM-PNC. Is DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC administered correctly?  
1. Type list atm pnc and press Enter. The cabinet, carrier and slot positions  
of each administered TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack display is as shown in  
Figure 6-3. Ensure that each circuit pack’s physical location matches the  
display.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-24  
list atm pnc  
Page  
1
SPE A  
ATM PNC  
PNC  
A-PNC  
LOC  
B-PNC  
LOC  
Connection #  
1
2
01B02  
02A01  
Screen 6-3. Screen output for list atm pnc command  
Alternatively, type list configuration UUC and press Enter (noncontrol  
cabinets) to confirm the PPN and EPN circuit pack locations and correct  
insertion.  
2. Type status pnc and press Enter. This display tells you which  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack is active in a duplicated system and how  
many alarms (if any) of each severity level have been logged for the circuit  
pack. Screen 6-4 shows the output from this command.  
status pnc  
PORT NETWORK CONNECTIVITY  
Duplicated? no  
Software Locked?  
Standby Busied?  
Standby Refreshed?  
Interchange Disabled?  
A-PNC  
B-PNC  
Mode: active  
State of Health: functional  
Inter PN Index: 00.00.00  
Mode:  
State of Health:  
Inter PN Index:  
Major Alarms: 0  
Minor Alarms: 0  
Warning Alarms: 0  
Major Alarms:  
Minor Alarms:  
Warning Alarms:  
Screen 6-4. Screen output for status pnc command  
3. Type either list configuration UUC (for the carrier in which the ATM  
interface circuit packs reside) or display circuit-packs cabinet  
(noncontrol cabinet) and press Enter. This command tells you in more  
detail what boards are in which slots in each cabinet and carrier. Verify  
that the TN2305/TN2306s are physically located in the slots indicated on  
the display. Screen 6-5 shows the output for the display circuit-packs 1  
command; Screen 6-6 shows the output for the display circuit-packs 2  
command.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-25  
display circuit-packs 1  
CIRCUIT PACKS  
Cabinet: 1  
Cabinet Layout: five-carrier  
Carrier: A  
Carrier Type: processor  
*** PROCESSOR BOARDS NOT ADMINISTERABLE IN THIS SCREEN ***  
CIRCUIT PACKS  
Cabinet: 1  
Carrier: B  
Cabinet Layout: five-carrier  
Carrier Type: port  
Slot Code Sfx Name  
Slot Code Sfx Name  
00:  
01:  
02: TN2305  
03:  
04: TN754 C  
05: TN746 B  
06: TN753  
11: TN464 C  
12: TN464 F  
13: TN767 F  
14: TN767 C  
15: TN760 D  
16: TN760 D  
17:  
DS1 INTERFACE  
DS1 INTERFACE  
DS1 INTERFACE  
DS1 INTERFACE  
TIE TRUNK  
ATM PNC EI  
DIGITAL LINE  
ANALOG LINE  
DID TRUNK  
TIE TRUNK  
07: TN771 D  
08: TN747 B  
09: TN556 B  
10: TN767 C  
MAINTENANCE/TEST  
CO TRUNK  
BRI LINE  
18:  
19:  
20:  
DS1 INTERFACE  
’#’ indicates circuit pack conflict.  
Screen 6-5. Screen output for display circuit-packs 1  
display circuit-packs 2  
CIRCUIT PACKS  
Cabinet: 2  
Carrier: A  
Cabinet Layout: single-carrier-stack  
Carrier Type: expansion-control  
Slot Code Sfx Name  
Slot Code Sfx Name  
11: TN746 B  
12:  
13:  
14:  
15:  
16:  
17: TN754 C  
ANALOG LINE  
DIGITAL LINE  
01: TN2305  
02:  
03:  
04: TN2305  
05:  
ATM PNC EI  
ATM TRUNK  
06:  
07:  
08:  
09: TN767 E  
10: TN754 B  
DS1 INTERFACE  
DIGITAL LINE  
’#’ indicates circuit pack conflict.  
Screen 6-6. Screen output for circuit-packs 2  
4. Type display atm pnc connection and press Enter.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-26  
This display tells you the ATM addresses that have been administered for  
each TN2305/TN2306. Verify that each ATM address (the concatenation of  
the 5 displayed hexadecimal fields) is correct and match those in the ATM  
switch. Screen 6-7 shows the output for the display atm pnc 1 command;  
Screen 6-8 shows the output for the display atm pnc 2 command.  
display atm pnc 1  
ATM PNC  
Connection Number: 1  
Location: 01B02  
Name:  
Address Format: ICD ATM  
AFI: 47  
ICD: 0005  
HO-DSP: 80FFE1000000F2071B02  
ESI: 000000000000  
SEL: 00  
Screen 6-7. Screen output for display atm pnc 1  
display atm pnc 2  
ATM PNC  
Connection Number: 2  
Location: 02A01  
Name:  
Address Format: ICD ATM  
AFI: 47  
ICD: 0005  
HO-DSP: 80FFE1000000F2072A01  
ESI: 000000000000  
SEL: 00  
Screen 6-8. Screen output for display atm pnc 2  
Administered with end system identifiers  
If the port networks are addressed using end system identifiers, the  
display looks like Screen 6-9 (pnc 1) and Screen 6-10 (pnc 2).  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-27  
display atm pnc 1  
ATM PNC  
Connection Number: 1  
A - PNC  
Location: 01B02  
Name:  
Address Format: E.164 ATM Private  
AFI: 45  
E.164: 0001013035381053  
HO-DSP: 00000000  
ESI: 000000000011  
SEL: 00  
Screen 6-9. Screen output for display atm pnc 1 with end system identifiers  
display atm pnc 2  
ATM PNC  
Connection Number: 2  
A - PNC  
Location: 02A01  
Name:  
Address Format: E.164 ATM Private  
AFI: 45  
E.164: 0001013035381053  
HO-DSP: 00000000  
ESI: 000000000012  
SEL: 00  
Screen 6-10. Screen output for display atm pnc 2 with end system identifiers  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-28  
ATM signaling links  
Figure 6-2 shows the signaling links in an ATM-PNC configuration.  
EPN 1  
PPN  
2
2
1
3
2
1
EPN 2  
4
5
6
7
1
cydarout LJK 020100  
Figure Notes  
1. DEFINITY ECS switch PPN/EPN  
2. Telephones  
5. PNC ATM control link (PACL)  
6. Expansion archangel link (EAL)  
7. ATM signaling  
3. ATM switch  
4. Constant bit rate switched virtual  
connection (CBR-SVC)  
Figure 6-2. ATM signaling links  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-29  
Signaling sequences. Use the information in Table 6-10 to help determine trouble  
with ATM signaling. Abbreviations used in this table correspond to those in  
Figure 6-2.  
Table 6-10. ATM signaling sequences  
Signaling between the PPN and the  
EPN  
Call between EPN2 and EPN 3  
1.  
2.  
3.  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack in the  
PPN establishes a variable bit-rate  
switched virtual connection  
(VBR-SVC) for DEFINITY ECS  
signaling through the ATM switch to  
each EPN.  
Station goes off hook in EPN2. CCMS  
messages sent over the already  
established EAL to call processing in  
the PPN.  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack in the  
PPN establishes EAL and PACL links  
with each EPN within the above  
VBR-SVC.  
Call Processing sends a message  
over the PACL to the  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack in EPN2  
to establish a connection to the  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack in  
EPN3.  
Links come up  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack in EPN2  
sends an ATM signaling message to  
the ATM switch to establish a  
CBR-SVC link to the TN2305/TN2306  
circuit pack in EPN3.  
4.  
5.  
Call processing in the PPN sends  
CCMS messages to the station in  
EPN2 over the already-established  
EAL.  
Repeat steps 2 through 4 for the  
EPN3 to EPN2 connection.  
ATM switch administration  
Is the ATM switch administered correctly?  
To verify that a specific Lucent ATM switch was administered correctly, refer to  
the appropriate reference guide.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-30  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack  
Did the TN2305/TN2306 come up correctly?  
1. Review the LED conditions for the TN2305/TN2306 (refer to the  
maintenance book for LED indications):  
Do the TN2305/TN2306 LEDs indicate a normal operational state  
(any of the following):  
— Active in the PPN  
— Standby in the PPN  
— Archangel mode in the EPN  
— Standby in the EPN  
2. If after circuit pack insertion or a demand reset:  
Do the TN2305/TN2306 LEDs indicate that it is booting?  
Do the TN2305/TN2306 LEDs indicate it is downloading its DSPs?  
Do the TN2305/TN2306 LEDs indicate that circuit pack is not  
completely inserted?  
Do the TN2305/TN2306 LEDs indicate a maintenance alarm?  
3. Type list configuration carrier UUCC and press Enter. See Screen 6-11  
(1b) and Screen 6-12 (2a).  
list configuration carrier 1b  
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION  
Board  
Assigned Ports  
Number  
Board Type  
Code  
Vintage  
u=unassigned t=tti p=psa  
01B02  
01B04  
01B05  
ATM PNC EI  
DIGITAL LINE  
ANALOG LINE  
TN2305 HW02 FW007  
TN754C 000002  
TN746B 000010  
u u u u u u u u  
u u u u u 06 u u  
u u u u u u u u  
u u u u u u u u  
u 02 03 04  
u u u u u u u u  
u u u u u u u u  
u u u u u u u u  
u u u u u u u u  
u u u u u u u u  
u u u u u u u u  
u u u u u u u u  
01B06  
01B07  
01B08  
01B09  
DID TRUNK  
MAINTENANCE/TEST  
CO TRUNK  
TN753  
000021  
TN771D 000006  
TN747B 000018  
TN556B 000003  
BRI LINE  
01B10  
DS1 INTERFACE  
TN767C 000003  
Screen 6-11. List configuration carrier 1b screen  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-31  
list configuration carrier 2a  
Board  
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION  
Assigned Ports  
Number  
Board Type  
Code  
Vintage  
u=unassigned t=tti p=psa  
02A01  
02A09  
ATM PNC EI  
DS1 INTERFACE  
TN2305 HW02 FW007  
TN767E 000004  
u u u u u u u u  
u u u u u u u u  
u u u u u u u u  
u u u u u u u u  
01 u u u u u u u  
u u u u u u u u  
u u u u u u u u  
02A10  
02A11  
DIGITAL LINE  
ANALOG LINE  
TN754B 000016  
TN746B 000010  
02A17  
DIGITAL LINE  
TN754C 000002  
Screen 6-12. List configuration carrier 2a screen  
Make sure the TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack is shown in the correct  
slot (check the Board Number field).  
Fields should have values as indicated below:  
Field  
Value  
Board Type ATM PNC EI  
Vintage  
The TN2305/TN2306 vintage is split between the  
hardware and firmware vintages. the hardware vintage  
matches the label on the latch, and the firmware  
number indicates the firmware vintage.  
If Vintageis no board, then either the circuit pack is in  
the incorrect slot or the circuit pack was not completely  
inserted. Reinsert circuit pack into correct slot.  
4. If the TN2305/TN2306 is inserted and shows a vintage number, type test  
board UUCSS and press Enter; Screen 6-13 displays.  
test board 1b02  
TEST RESULTS  
Port  
Maintenance Name Alt. Name Test No. Result  
Error Code  
888  
01B02  
01B02  
01B02  
01B02  
01B02  
01B02  
ATM-EI  
ATM-EI  
ATM-EI  
ATM-EI  
ATM-EI  
ATM-EI  
316  
598  
1293  
241  
304  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
PASS  
1259  
Screen 6-13. Screen output for test board UUCSS  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-32  
The Resultfield should show PASSfor each test number. If any of  
the tests fail, refer to the ATM-EI maintenance objects in DEFINITY  
ECS Maintenance for R8r.  
Possible causes  
1. The TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack is in a slot different from the DEFINITY  
administration.  
2. The TN2305/TN2306 was not completely inserted.  
ATM signaling architecture  
Troubleshooting interoperability between the DEFINITY ECS switch and the ATM  
switch involves understanding the architecture of ATM signaling (Figure 6-3). A  
Lucent Cajun A500 is used to show this concept.  
DEFINITY  
PPN  
DEFINITY  
EPN  
A500  
ATM call control  
Q.93B  
Q.93B  
CaPro  
Q.SAAL  
Q.SAAL  
ATM  
ATM  
Switch  
fabric  
SONET  
Physical  
SONET  
Physical  
Fiber  
Fiber  
TN230X  
TN230X  
iodatrb LJK 052899  
Figure 6-3. ATM signaling architecture  
The following list shows the ATM-stack layers discussed in this section:  
Physical layer  
SONET/SDH layer  
Q.SAAL (data link) layer  
ATM call control  
Call processing (CaPro) Layer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-33  
Physical layer  
Is there an optical signal between the TN2305/TN2306 and the ATM switch?  
1. Identify the OC-3/STM-1 ports on the ATM switch that have DEFINITY port  
networks attached.  
Be aware that customers may use other ports on the ATM switch for  
applications unrelated to DEFINITY (LAN traffic or multimedia  
applications, for examples).  
These other applications may manifest themselves in the output of  
the troubleshooting commands you run on the ATM switch.  
DEFINITY port networks must be identified by their ATM switch port  
numbers.  
NOTE:  
The following examples show DEFINITY port networks  
connected to ATM switch ports A1.1 and A1.2.  
1. Does the TN2305/TN2306’s YELLOW LED flash 100 ms on and 100 ms off,  
indicating a loss of signal on the fiber? Recall that the TN2305/TN2306  
detects continuity problems with either the transmit (bottom) or the receive  
(top) fibers.  
If the fiber shows a loss of signal, refer to the “Fiber Fault Isolation  
Procedure” in DEFINITY ECS Maintenance for R8r.  
2. Is the ATM switch port’s LED indicating a loss of signal on the fiber? Note  
that the ATM switch may detect continuity problems only with the receive  
fiber; the state of the transmit fiber might not be detected.  
3. Refer to your ATM switch’s quick reference guide for troubleshooting  
commands.  
Possible causes.  
Check the following list for possible causes.  
The fiber is disconnected from the ATM switch and/or the TN2305/TN2306  
circuit pack.  
The transmit and receive fibers are swapped at the ATM switch or the  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack (but not both).  
There is a break in the fiber.  
The TN2305/TN2306 is not transmitting a carrier (not inserted, not  
powered, or not administered). See the ATM-EI or ATM-TRK maintenance  
objects in DEFINITY ECS Maintenance for R8r.  
Hardware safety interlocks on optical transceivers may cut transmitter  
power if no carrier is received, so lack of a receive carrier could indicate a  
transmitter problem at the same end.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-34  
The ATM switch does not recognize that a port circuit pack is in the slot.  
You may need to re-administer the ATM switch port boards. Refer to your  
ATM switch’s quick reference guide for further information.  
Recommended Action.  
1. Plug in, swap, repair, or replace the fiber as necessary.  
2. Verify that the port circuit pack is completely inserted.  
SONET/SDH layer  
Are SONET/SDH frames reaching the ATM switch?  
Is the ATM switch port’s LED indicating no cell traffic?  
Check the transmit and receive cell count fields. Each field’s values  
should be increasing if the TN2305/TN2306 is actively sending and  
receiving cells to and from the ATM switch.  
Check for SONET/SDH layer alarms, LOP, LUF, and so on.  
If neither field is increasing, the ATM switch port may be down. Verify that  
the admin status is up.  
If the receive cell count is increasing but the transmit cell count is not  
increasing, this may be because the port was administered with no UNI  
signaling. Ensure that signaling is UNI3.1.  
Although the error counters may not be zero, they should not be large  
either compared with the receive and transmit cell counters. If the  
counters are large and increasing, check the fiber integrity. Make sure the  
fiber pairs are securely plugged into both the TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack  
and the ATM switch.  
If the fiber has been pulled and reinserted as part of fault diagnosis, the  
nonzero loss of signal error counter may be correct.  
Q.SAAL (data link) layer  
Are ATM signaling messages reaching the ATM switch Call Control?  
NOTE:  
If the TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack is not connected to the ATM switch at  
the Q.SAAL protocol layer, then no report is displayed.  
1. If the port of interest is not configured for UNI signaling, then the port was  
administered for no UNI signaling. Verify that signaling is UNI3.1.  
2. If the port of interest was administered for UNI3.0 signaling, verify that  
signaling is UNI3.1.  
3. Check to see if the TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack is actively sending and  
receiving Q.SAAL Protocol Data Units with the ATM switch.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-35  
Q.93B (network) layer  
Are connection requests being received by ATM switch call control?  
NOTE:  
If there is no connection between the TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack  
and the ATM switch at the Q.93B protocol layer, then no report  
displays.  
1. Check the port of interest. If it is not configured for UNI signaling, then the  
port was administered for no UNI signaling. Verify that signaling is UNI3.1  
2. The connect, setup, and release message counters should be a nonzero  
number if the ATM switch is handling Q.93B protocol layer messages sent  
by the PPN and EPN. They may not increase during troubleshooting  
unless calls are being made because the PPN initially sets up control  
connections to the PPN and then sets up talk path connections as  
needed.  
3. Check to see if connections are being rejected. The error may be on the  
PPN port even though the EPN port is the one misbehaving and vice  
versa.  
4. Type display errors and press Enter.  
5. Set the Error Listfield to errors and Categoryfield to PNC on the  
input screen (Screen 6-14) and press Enter to display any cause codes  
(see Table 6-11) returned from the ATM network to a TN2305/TN2306  
circuit pack on the PPN (and to a TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack on an  
EPN). This is successful only if the links between the PPN and the EPN  
remain up so that the message from the EPN is logged.  
See the ATM-EI maintenance object in one of the following books:  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8  
Maintenance for R8r  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-36  
display errors  
Page 1 of 1 SPE A  
ERROR REPORT  
The following options control which errors will be displayed.  
ERROR TYPES  
Error Type:  
Error List: errors  
REPORT PERIOD  
Interval: a  
From:  
/ / :  
To:  
/ / :  
EQUIPMENT TYPE ( Choose only one, if any, of the following )  
Cabinet:  
Port Network:  
Board Number:  
Port:  
Category: pnc  
Extension:  
/
Screen 6-14. Error report  
Screen 6-15 shows the screen output for the display errors command.  
display errors  
Page 9 SPE A  
HARDWARE ERROR REPORT  
Port  
Mtce  
Name  
Alt  
Name  
Err Aux  
Type Data  
First  
Occur  
Last  
Occur  
Err Err Rt/ Al Ac  
Cnt Rt Hr St  
AT01A  
AT01A  
AT02A  
AT02A  
AT01B  
AT01A  
ATM-NTWK  
ATM-NTWK  
ATM-NTWK  
ATM-NTWK  
ATM-NTWK  
ATM-NTWK  
41  
31  
0
31  
31  
3
1
0
0
0
0
1
11/12/16:59 12/09/15:10 14 0 0 n n  
11/13/18:27 11/20/20:02 5 0 0 n n  
11/13/18:45 11/13/18:45 1 0 0 n n  
11/15/14:40 11/15/14:41 2 120 0 n n  
11/16/17:39 11/16/17:39 1 0 0 n n  
11/16/18:19 11/26/13:13 12 0 0 n n  
Screen 6-15. Hardware error report—screen 9  
In this example the errors that have ATM-NTWKfor Namefield and 1for  
AuxDatafield indicate an error returned to the TN2305/TN2306 circuit  
pack from the ATM network. In this case, the Err Typefield shows the  
cause code returned by the ATM network (see Table 6-11). In the earlier  
example, two cause codes (41 and 3) are reported from the ATM network.  
For more information about these cause codes and repair information see  
the ATM-NTWK (ATM Network Error) maintenance object.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-37  
Table 6-11. Observed Cause Codes  
Cause  
Code  
Definition  
Observed Cause  
3
No route to destination  
The ATM addresses administered in the ATM switch or  
in DEFINITY (display atm pnc) are incorrect.  
31  
41  
Normal, unspecified  
Temporary failure  
This is a normal return.  
This “try again later” cause code has been observed  
when the source of the problem is on another port (for  
example, a routing problem on another port that  
displays cause code 3).  
47  
63  
Resources unavailable,  
unspecified  
DEFINITY call volume is too high for the available  
resources in the ATM network.  
Service or option unavailable,  
unspecified  
DEFINITY call volume is too high for the available  
resources in the ATM network.  
ATM call control  
Are ATM signaling connections being setup to ATM switch Call Control?  
The UBR virtual circuits between the ATM switch PPN port and ATM switch port  
and between the EPN port and ATM switch port are ATM signaling channels  
between the port network and the ATM switch. They are used to request  
connection setups and releases to other end points such as another port  
network. These are established by each TN2305/TN2306 when it comes up,  
independent of DEFINITY Call Processing.  
Other UBR virtual circuits may exist between ATM switch ports that are not  
associated with DEFINITY port networks and may be signaling channels for other  
applications (for example, data network traffic).  
Call processing (CaPro) Layer  
Are control channels being established from the PPN to the EPN?  
Diagnostics.  
Do you get a dial tone on a set on the port network in question?  
Can you ring a set on the EPN dialing from the PPN and vice-versa?  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-38  
Are talk paths being established between port networks?  
Diagnostics.  
Can you talk both ways on a set on one port network dialed from another  
port network and vice versa?  
— The CBR (Constant Bit Rate) virtual circuits (VCs) between ATM  
switch PPN port and ATM switch EPN port are used for talk paths  
between port networks (PPN to EPN, EPN to PPN, or EPN to EPN).  
— They are established when calls are first setup between port  
networks. Each virtual circuit represents one party of a complete  
multiparty talk path.  
— These virtual circuits may persist beyond the duration of a phone  
call. The DEFINITY Call Processing software saves virtual circuits  
for a few seconds after the end stations have hung up in case the  
VC can be used again for another call between the same two port  
networks. Also, check 3-way conference calling across 3 port  
networks.  
— There may be other CBR virtual circuits between ATM switch ports  
that are not associated with DEFINITY port networks. A common  
CBR application is Circuit Emulation, in which T-1, T-3, and so forth  
circuits are carried over ATM.  
Unusual ATM trouble conditions  
A few failure modes in the DEFINITY ECS/ATM switch combination are  
particularly difficult to diagnose. One example might be that you cannot make a  
completely successful call even though most indications from DEFINITY ECS and  
the ATM switch look good.  
EPN  
Swapped routes, end system identifiers, or fiber between A- and B-side  
TN2305/TN2306s on EPN  
Swapped routes, end system identifiers, or fiber between two EPNs  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-39  
Incorrectly typed or omitted EPN route or  
end system identifier (ATM switch)  
Symptoms  
Talk paths are one-way, from the PPN to the EPN: you can hear tones from the  
PPN end station to the EPN end station but not vice versa. Because the signaling  
channels are bidirectional virtual circuits (VCs) established from the PPN to the  
EPN, these can be routed correctly and come up just fine. Talk paths are two  
unidirectional virtual circuits, so a single call has one VC from the PPN to the EPN  
(which is routed correctly) and one VC from the EPN to the PPN (which cannot be  
routed).  
Diagnostics  
1. At the ATM switch, check the ATM addresses.  
2. Look for a cause code 3 (No route to destination).  
Action  
1. Correct the ATM address translations in the ATM switch.  
Swapped routes, end system identifiers, or fiber  
between a PPN and an EPN  
Symptoms  
An incorrectly connected EPN TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack is not  
completely inserted.  
Dial tone is present on end stations on the PPN and on correctly  
connected EPNs, but no dial tone is present on the affected EPN end  
stations.  
Calls cannot be made between the PPN and the correctly connected  
EPNs because talk paths cannot be routed correctly.  
Diagnostics  
1. Check to see if the ATM switch shows VBR control channels from the ATM  
switch port intended for the incorrectly connected EPN (but actually  
connected logically or physically to the PPN) that should not exist.  
Action  
1. Correct the ATM addresses (or swap fibers) on the ATM switch between  
the incorrectly connected PPN and EPN.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-40  
Swapped routes, end system identifiers, or fiber  
between two EPNs  
Symptoms  
All TN2305/TN2306 circuit packs are completely inserted.  
The PPN cold starts both incorrectly connected EPNs as usual.  
Both EPNs log many WRONG BOARD INSERTEDerrors (list configuration  
all or display circuit-packs carrier), providing the EPNs actually do have  
different circuit packs configured in the same slots.  
Some end stations may work if they are connected to the correct circuit  
pack in the same slot on both EPNs. Otherwise, end stations on the PPN  
have dial tone, while end stations on the EPNs do not.  
All ATM switch diagnostic commands look good.  
Diagnostics  
1. Check log for WRONG BOARD INSERTEDerrors (list configuration all or  
display circuit-packs carrier).  
Action  
1. Correct the ATM addresses (or swap fibers) on the ATM switch between  
the incorrectly connected EPNs.  
Swapped routes, end system identifiers, or fiber  
between A- and B-side TN2305/TN2306s on EPN  
Symptoms  
The PPN establishes links to what it thinks is the active TN2305/TN2306  
circuit pack on the EPN.  
As normal, it reboots this TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack, and when  
complete, it resets the EPN. When this happens, the active (instead of the  
standby) TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack reboots, dropping the links.  
To recover, the PPN re-establishes links to what it thinks is the active  
TN2305/TN2306 circuit pack and the cycle repeats indefinitely.  
Diagnostics  
1. Type status pnc and press Enter. The screen shows both the A-side and  
B-side State of Healthfield as partially functional.  
Action  
1. Correct the ATM addresses (or swap fibers) on the ATM switch between  
the A and B side of the EPN.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-41  
DEFINITY ECS ATM-PNC troubleshooting  
commands  
Wide-area networks (WAN), especially those constructed as an internet using  
public network facilities, may take inter-PN connectivity to the edge of  
acceptable performance. The switch may experience delays, blockages, or  
connection losses because of circumstances beyond the control of switch  
management. Variations in performance may be expected during periods of high  
traffic.  
If ATM-PNC is enabled (change system-parameters customer-options), 2  
commands become available:  
change/display atm pnc-pairs lets you get inter-port-network  
measurements for up to 10 ordered pairs of port networks  
list measurements atm pnc-latency reports data about ATM cell latency  
and connection times.  
In both of these commands, you must supply the following information:  
the number of connections requested,  
the average connection setup time in milliseconds,  
the number of ATM network setup requests required, and  
the average setup time for the ATM connections.  
Separate sets of measurements are available for the A and B sides in critical  
reliability systems.  
change/display atm pnc-pairs  
This command lets you select 10 pairs of port networks for which measurements  
can be reported. Screen 6-16 shows the output for the command.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-42  
change atm pnc-pairs  
Pair Orig Dest  
PNC MEASUREMENTS PAIRS  
PN  
1
1
5
5
PN  
5
8
8
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
2
10  
10  
10  
1
11  
12  
1
10  
Screen 6-16. PNC measurements pairs screen (change/display atm pnc-pairs)  
Field descriptions  
Pair  
Identifies the port network pair number (read only).  
Orig PN  
Dest PN  
These entries identify the originating port network and the  
destination port network for the measured SVCs (values  
are between 1 and 44; default is blank).  
list measurements atm pnc-latency  
This command reads and displays the collected information regarding ATM cell  
latency and connection times. The command-line syntax is:  
list measurements atm pnc-latency [last-hour, today-peak,  
yesterday-peak] [print | schedule]  
NOTE:  
If a PN pair is changed during a 24-hour period, the peak value reported for  
the (new) pair is the highest latency measured after the change. If you type  
list measurements atm pnc-latency and press Enter while the PNC  
duplication feature is disabled, the output contains data for A-PNC only.  
Measurements are displayed only for administered pnc-pairs. That is, if 5 pairs  
were administered on the ATM PNC Measurements Pairs screen, the list  
measurements atm pnc-latency output consists of 5 measurement entries. If  
the system time has been modified through the set time command during any  
measurement hour Y, that measurement hour is displayed as Y** instead of Y00,  
to indicate that the data for that hour may be invalid.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-43  
If an administered pnc-pair is changed, the next time measurements are  
gathered, the today-peak entry for the old pnc-pair is replaced with an entry for  
the new pair, and all counters are set to 0.  
Screen 6-17 shows the output for this command.  
list measurements atm pnc-latency last-hour  
Switch Name: _______________  
Date: 7:23 pm SAT MAR 21, 1998  
ATM PNC LATENCY MEASUREMENTS  
-----------A-PNC-----------  
Orig Dest PN Connection ATM NW Setup Hour  
---------B-PNC----------  
PN Connection ATM NW Setup Hour  
PN  
1
1
5
5
PN  
5
8
8
7
Count  
2200  
1219  
2663  
143  
7101  
353  
3360  
1570  
1570  
1100  
ms  
143  
78  
220  
105  
326  
54  
76  
71  
83  
62  
Count  
2055  
1144  
2386  
123  
6845  
343  
3326  
1547  
1547  
1038  
ms  
Count  
ms  
Count  
ms  
153 1900  
83  
1900  
245 1900  
122 1900  
338 1900  
56  
77  
72  
84  
66  
4
2
10  
10  
10  
1
11  
12  
1
10  
2
1900  
1900  
1900  
1900  
1900  
8
Screen 6-17. ATM-PNC latency measurements  
Field descriptions  
Orig PN/Dest  
PN  
Identifies the originating port network and the destination port  
network for the measured SVCs (default is blank).  
PN Count  
The number of setup attempts on the port network  
The amount of time (in milliseconds) for the connection  
The number of setup attempts on the ATM network  
The amount of time (in milliseconds) to set up the connection.  
The time of the data collection.  
Connection ms  
ATM NW Count  
Setup ms  
Hour  
Conserving ATM bandwidth  
Port Networks in a DEFINITY ATM-PNC configuration, when used with the Lucent  
access concentrators or other ATM switches interfacing to  
bandwidth-constricted or congested facilities, can incur contention for  
bandwidth, resulting in failed call completions. Figure 6-4 represents a DEFINITY  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-44  
ATM-PNC configuration in which Inverse Multiplexing for ATM (IMA) is used  
going into and coming out of the network cloud.  
1
10  
3
4
5
9
7
7
8
2
3
6
cydaband LJK 020100  
Figure Notes  
1. DEFINITY ECS PPN  
6. DEFINITY ECS access terminal  
7. IMA connection  
2. DEFINITY ECS Expansion Port Network (EPN)  
3. OC-3/STM-1 connection  
4. ATM switch A  
8. ATM network  
9. Access concentrator  
10. DEFINITY ECS EPN  
5. ATM switch B  
Figure 6-4. Bandwidth-constricted ATM network configuration  
In this configuration connections from the DEFINITY ECS switch and the ATM  
backbone switch and to the ATM access concentrator are OC-3/STM-1 through  
the TN2305/TN2306 ATM interface circuit packs over fiber optic cable. When  
traffic exceeds the capacities of the IMA links, contention for access to the ATM  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-45  
network occurs. In such cases, SVC setups requested by DEFINITY can be  
denied by the ATM network and associated components, and calls are not  
completed.  
In this section, a failed SVC setup means that the ATM network has actively  
rejected the request. A delayed SVC setup means that the SVC setup exceeded  
a time threshold, specified in milliseconds (ms).  
Performance indicators of both failed and delayed SVC setups:  
The called party may hear ringing, take the receiver off-hook, and hear  
nothing. The called party may eventually receive a delayed call, but never  
receives a failed call.  
If the call was delayed, the calling party hears silence if one of the SVCs is  
not up or hears the called party if it is up.  
If the call is never completed, the caller eventually hangs up without  
knowing why the call was not completed.  
Therefore, SVC failures that occur more often than normal are most often  
evidence of an ATM network that is out of specification.  
The tools to manage the DEFINITY ECS switch and the ATM network are  
Alarming out-of-spec conditions  
SVC latency commands  
Administration thresholds to either allow or deny completion of calls that  
require a new SVC over a path that recently experienced a high number of  
delayed or failed SVCs.  
Alarming out-of-spec conditions  
Out-of-spec conditions in the ATM network are reported against the ATM-NTWK  
maintenance object in the Alarm Report and the Hardware Error Report (display  
errors). Refer to one of the following books for an example of a Hardware Error  
Report with an ATM-NTWK alarm:  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Maintenance for  
R8r  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Maintenance for  
R8si  
DEFINITY Enterprise Communications Server Release 8 Maintenance for  
R8csi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-46  
SVC latency commands  
Two reports are available to help monitor the ATM network:  
1. The ATM PNC Latency Histogram report (accessed through the list  
measurements atm latency-histogram command) shows:  
Setup count  
AddParty count  
total  
average latencies  
histogram (21 different time bins ranging from 0-9 msec. to +10  
sec.)  
Syntax: list measurements atm latency-histogram current-hour |  
last-hour | today-total | yesterday-total [print or schedule]  
The list measurements atm latency-histogram output is shown in Screen 6-18.  
list measurements atm latency-histogram last-hour  
Page 1  
Date: 10:27 am TUE OCT 25, 1999  
ATM PNC LATENCY HISTOGRAM  
SPE A  
Switch Name:  
Setup Count: 770  
AddParty Count: 538  
Total Count: 1308  
Average Latency (msec): 53  
Average Latency (msec): 92  
Average Latency (msec): 71  
Failure Count: 3  
Failure Count: 1  
Failure Count: 4  
Range (msec) Setup AddParty Total  
Range (sec) Setup AddParty Total  
0-9  
10-19  
20-49  
50-99  
100-149  
150-199  
200-249  
250-299  
300-399  
400-499  
500-999  
0
200  
400  
100  
50  
10  
3
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
1
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
202  
403  
101  
56  
10  
3
0
0
0
0
1-1.9  
2-2.9  
3-3.9  
4-4.9  
5-5.9  
6-6.9  
7-7.9  
8-8.9  
9-9.9  
10 +  
1
0
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
7
0
0
0
0
0
0
Screen 6-18. ATM-PNC latency histogram report  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-47  
Field descriptions:  
Setup Count:  
The number of SVCs setup during the time period  
indicated. Values: 0 - 9999999  
AddParty Count:  
Total Count:  
The number of ADDPARTY requests processed.  
Values: 0 - 9999999  
The total number of SETUP and ADDPARTY requests.  
Values: 0 - 9999999  
Average Latency:  
Failure Count:  
Average latency in milliseconds for SVC type described  
during the time period indicated. Values: 0 - 8000  
The number of SVCs of the type described that could not  
be established by the ATM network during the time period.  
This does not include delayed SVCs; that is, the delay  
exceeded the threshold set for Timeout (msec):on the  
ATM-Related System Parameters form. Values: 0 - 9999.  
The number “9999” displays if the value is greater than  
9999.  
(msec) Count:  
(sec) Count:  
The number of delayed SVCs that fell within the time range  
(milliseconds) during the time period indicated.  
Values: 0 - 9999999  
The number of delayed SVCs that fell within the time range  
(seconds) during the time period indicated. Values: 0 -  
9999999  
2. The ATM PNC Delayed/Failed Setups report (accessed through the list  
measurements atm setup-events) shows:  
event date  
event time  
event type (delayed or failed)  
delay time (in ms)  
from/to PN connection numbers  
PNC connection (A-PNC or B-PNC)  
Syntax: list measurements atm setup-events [x] or [from-conn x] [to-conn x]  
[print or schedule]  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-48  
The command syntax allows you to list setup events for a particular connection  
number or for a range of connection numbers (Table 6-12).  
Table 6-12. Constricted bandwidth administration procedure  
Command  
Description  
list measurements atm setup-events  
Lists up to 100 of the most recent setup  
events  
list measurements atm setup-events  
from-conn 3  
Lists all setup events from connection 3 to all  
other connections  
list measurements atm setup-events  
from-conn 3 to-conn 4  
Lists all setup events from connection 3 to  
connection 4  
list measurements atm setup-events  
to-conn 4  
Lists all setup events from all connections to  
connection 4  
list measurements atm setup-events 4  
Lists all setup events from or to connection 4  
The report from the list measurement atm setup-events command looks like  
Screen 6-19  
list measurements atm setup-events  
Page 1  
Switch Name:  
Date: 2:33 pm TUE DEC 12, 1999  
ATM PNC DELAYED/FAILED SETUPS  
Date  
Time  
Event  
Delay(msec)  
From Conn To Conn PNC  
12/12/1999 14:32:10 delayed 1765  
12/12/1999 14:31:37 failed  
3
3
7
12  
3
1
3
6
6
6
7
7
8
6
7
3
1
2
7
8
2
4
7
A-PNC  
A-PNC  
A-PNC  
B-PNC  
B-PNC  
B-PNC  
A-PNC  
A-PNC  
A-PNC  
B-PNC  
A-PNC  
B-PNC  
A-PNC  
12/12/1999 14:31:22 delayed 1809  
12/12/1999 14:31:18 delayed 1672  
12/12/1999 14:31:15 delayed 1023  
12/12/1999 14:29:45 delayed 1005  
12/12/1999 14:29:23 failed  
12/12/1999 14:28:12 failed  
12/12/1999 14:27:56 delayed 2088  
12/12/1999 14:27:24 delayed 1308  
12/12/1999 14:27:05 delayed 1011  
12/12/1999 14:26:38 failed  
6
11  
3
12/12/1999 14:26:32 delayed 1246  
Screen 6-19. ATM-PNC delayed/failed setups report  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-49  
Field descriptions:  
Switch Name:  
The value administered on the system-parameters features  
form.  
Date  
Time and date that the command was executed.  
System date when the event occurred (4-character).  
System time when the event occurred  
Date  
Time:  
Event:  
Delay (msec):  
The type of event (delayed or failed)  
The delay value is only displayed for delayed events. For failed  
events, this field is blank. Values range from 250 to 20,000  
From Conn:  
To Conn:  
PNC:  
The originating connection number  
The destination connection number  
A-PNC or B-PNC  
Administration  
Use the procedure in Table 6-13 to administer ATM Constricted Bandwidth.  
Table 6-13. Constricted bandwidth administration procedure  
Step  
Action  
Description  
1.  
Turn feature on  
Turn the feature on by changing the Async.  
Transfer Mode (ATM)?field on the customer  
options form (change system-parameters  
customer-options) to y (Screen 6-20). This requires  
a Lucent Services login.  
2.  
Set thresholds  
Set the impairment thresholds in 4 fields on the  
ATM-Related System Parameters form (change  
system-parameters atm) shown in Screen 6-21:  
Activation (%)  
Deactivation (%)  
Timeout (msec)  
Deny Calls Using Impaired Paths?  
Press Enter to effect the changes.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-50  
Table 6-13. Constricted bandwidth administration procedure — Continued  
Step  
Action  
Description  
3.  
Set alarm options  
Alarms generated due to impaired paths are reported  
against the ATM-NTWK maintenance object. The  
default alarm level is WARNING, but may be  
administered as either MINOR or WARNING.  
Use the set options and press Enter to change  
the Off-board ATM Network Alarmsfield on  
the Alarm Reporting Options form (Screen 6-22).  
Constricted bandwidth administration screens  
change system-parameters customer-options  
OPTIONAL FEATURES  
Page  
2 of  
6
Abbreviated Dialing Enhanced List? y  
Access Security Gateway (ASG)? y  
Analog Trunk Incoming Call ID? y  
CAS Branch? y  
CAS Main? y  
Change COR by FAC? n  
A/D Grp/Sys List Dialing Start at 01? y Cvg Of Calls Redirected Off-net? y  
Answer Supervision by Call Classifier? y  
ARS? y  
DCS (Basic)? y  
DCS Call Coverage? y  
ARS/AAR Partitioning? y  
ARS/AAR Shortcut Dialing? n  
DCS with Rerouting? y  
DEFINITY Network Admin? y  
Digital Loss Plan Modification? n  
DS1 MSP? y  
Emergency Access to Attendant? y  
Extended Cvg/Fwd Admin? y  
External Device Alarm Admin? y  
Flexible Billing? y  
ASAI Proprietary Adjunct Links? y  
Async. Transfer Mode (ATM) PNC? y  
Async. Transfer Mode (ATM) Trunking? y  
ATMS? y  
Attendant Vectoring? n  
Audible Message Waiting? y  
Authorization Codes? y  
Forced Entry of Account Codes? y  
Global Call Classification? y  
(NOTE: You must logoff & login to effect the permission changes.)  
Screen 6-20. Optional features—screen 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-51  
change system-parameters atm  
Page 1  
ATM-RELATED SYSTEM PARAMETERS  
THRESHOLDS OF SETUP EVENTS TO DECLARE IMPAIRMENT  
Activation (%): 4  
Deactivation (%): 3  
Timeout (msec): 1000  
TREATMENT DURING IMPAIRED CONDITIONS  
Deny Calls Using Impaired Paths? n  
Screen 6-21. ATM-related system parameters  
Field descriptions:  
Activation (%)  
Deactivation (%)  
Timeout (msec)  
This field specifies the percentage of setup events for a  
path to become impaired. That is, if the percentage of  
setup events for a given path meets or exceeds this  
administered value, then it becomes impaired (see  
example below). An alarm is raised against an ATM-IMP  
when one or more paths originating from that ATM-IMP  
become impaired. [Values 1 to 20, default is 4]  
This field specifies the percentage of setup events for a  
path to come out of the impaired state. That is, if the  
percentage of setup events for an impaired path meets or  
drops below this administered value, then it is no longer  
impaired (see example below). An alarm is retired when no  
more impaired paths are originating from that ATM-IMP.  
[Values 0 to19, default is 3]  
The maximum number of milliseconds allowed for an SVC  
connection to be completed before being counted as  
delayed. [Values 250 to 20,000, default is 1000]  
Deny Calls Using  
Impaired Paths?  
This field specifies whether to deny calls that use  
connections over impaired paths. If the option is y, then  
calls that require a new SVC on an impaired path on the  
active PNC are not completed. If the option is n, then those  
calls are treated according to current administered  
parameters for ATM PNC. [Default is n]  
Example:  
If the value for Activation (%) is 5, then the value for Deactivation (%) can be 0, 1,  
2, 3, or 4.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Troubleshooting  
6
Troubleshooting ATM-PNC  
6-52  
set options  
Page 1 of  
2
ALARM REPORTING OPTIONS  
Major Minor  
On-board Station Alarms: w  
Off-board Station Alarms: w  
w
w
y
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
On-board Trunk Alarms (Alarm Group 1): y  
Off-board Trunk Alarms (Alarm Group 1): w  
On-board Trunk Alarms (Alarm Group 2): w  
Off-board Trunk Alarms (Alarm Group 2): w  
On-board Trunk Alarms (Alarm Group 3): w  
Off-board Trunk Alarms (Alarm Group 3): w  
On-board Trunk Alarms (Alarm Group 4): w  
Off-board Trunk Alarms (Alarm Group 4): w  
On-board Adjunct Link Alarms: w  
Off-board Adjunct Link Alarms: w  
Off-board MASI Link Alarms:  
Off-board DS1 Alarms: w  
Off-board PI-LINK Alarms: w  
Off-board Alarms (Other): w  
Off-board ATM Network Alarms:  
Screen 6-22. Alarm reporting options—screen 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Baselining the Customer’s Configuration  
ATM Switch Administration  
A
A-1  
Baselining the Customer’s  
Configuration  
A
Appendix A provides a worksheet for recording information about the customer’s  
ATM Switch Administration  
Interconnections  
DEFINITY ECS Administration Worksheet  
ATM Switch Administration  
Refer to your Lucent ATM switch’s quick reference guide.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Baselining the Customer’s Configuration  
Interconnections  
A
A-2  
Interconnections  
Record the interconnection of fiber optic cabling on the LIU form (Figure A-1).  
Record the DEFINITY port network number below the ATM switch port in Tab l e  
A-1.  
Lightwave Interface Unit (LIU)  
ATM-B to FM5  
Data Center  
PN 12 PN 15  
PN 6 PN 9  
07B02 08D02  
04B02 05D02  
PN 13 PN 16  
07D02 09B02  
PN 7 PN 10  
04D02 06B02  
PN 14 PN 17  
08B02 09D02  
PN 8 PN 11  
05B02 06D02  
ATM-A to FM5  
Data Center  
PN 12 PN 15  
07A01 08E01  
PN 9  
05E01  
PN 6  
04A01  
PN 13 PN 16  
07E01 09A01  
PN 7 PN 10  
04E01 06A01  
PN 14 PN 17  
08A01 09E01  
PN 8 PN 11  
05A01 06E01  
fodfliu EWS 102398  
Figure A-1. Sample lightwave interface unit (LIU)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Baselining the Customer’s Configuration  
DEFINITY ECS Administration Worksheet  
A
A-3  
DEFINITY ECS Administration  
Worksheet  
Use the sample worksheet in this section to baseline the customer’s ATM  
configuration for standard and high reliability systems (see Tab l e A -1 ). Make  
copies as needed.  
NOTE:  
Be sure to leave this worksheet or a copy of it on site.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Baselining the Customer’s Configuration  
DEFINITY ECS Administration Worksheet  
A
A-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Baselining the Customer’s Configuration  
DEFINITY ECS Administration Worksheet  
A
A-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Baselining the Customer’s Configuration  
DEFINITY ECS Administration Worksheet  
A
A-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Location-related Interactions  
B
B-1  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
B
The interconnection of port networks across a wide area through multiple ATM  
switches may introduce delays in establishing some inter-port network  
connections. WAN interconnectivity can introduce some transmission delays.  
The following topics are covered in this appendix.  
Location-related Interactions  
Features Supported  
Features Not Supported  
Delay Interactions  
ATM Feature Interactions  
Cross-product Compatibility  
Location-related Interactions  
Location-related problems happen in two areas:  
Switch operability  
Feature performance  
Switch operability  
The basic switch functions (Tab le B -1) are affected by location within the ATM  
application.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Location-related Interactions  
B
B-2  
Table B-1. Switch operability interactions  
Operation  
Description  
Station alerting  
When a call is offered to a station, an inter-PN connection is  
initiated and the phone rings. This procedure applies to  
calls to stations, data modules, and attendant consoles.  
When the user answers, the station should be connected  
before the user says “hello.”  
Trunk seizure  
Trunk seizure happens after an outgoing call is submitted  
to an outgoing trunk port, followed by address outpulsing.  
Seizure and address outpulsing do not require an  
established talk path to the trunk. If the talk path to or from  
the trunk is delayed for several seconds and the call was  
dialed instantly through abbreviated dialing, some initial  
call progress feedback might be missed and, perhaps,  
some information from the answering party.  
Connection setup times of as much as 1-2 s can be  
covered by seizure/outpulsing, but longer setup times  
require postponing seizure until the inter-PN connection is  
established.  
Recorded announcements When an announcement is connected, it requests playback  
as soon as possible. The switch delays playing back an  
announcement until at least one inter-port-network  
connection, if needed, is established.  
The barge-in announcements, which the caller joins in  
progress, do not require this delay.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Location-related Interactions  
B
B-3  
Feature performance  
DEFINITY ECS switch features are affected by location (Ta b le B- 2).  
Table B-2. DEFINITY operations affected by location  
Operation  
Description  
User interface  
Performance  
Time of Day  
Administration of a  
time offset relative  
to the system clock  
permits the  
computationoflocal  
time for each port  
network.  
Time/date display and  
wakeup or  
These added locations  
help solve:  
do-not-disturb times  
displayed in local time.  
Different public  
network dial plans for  
different locations  
affecting  
Attendant service from  
a local attendant on  
local time.  
— 911 calls  
See ‘‘Time of Day  
considerations’’  
for more  
User can dial local  
calls without supplying  
the area code (NANP  
only) or the country  
and/or city code  
— home or foreign  
number plan area  
(US only)  
information.  
— internationaldialing  
or country codes  
(international), just as  
on a single-location  
switch.  
Different time zones on  
— user displays  
Each location can  
have its own local  
emergency  
— CDR records  
— time-of-day routing  
processing center,  
and 911 calls typically  
routed via ARS are  
sent to the local  
dispatch for each  
caller’s location.  
ARS Digit  
Analysis  
ARS digit analysis  
(routing), digit  
conversion, and toll  
analysis can be  
administered with  
location-specific  
parameters in  
addition to “global”  
(ARS and  
public-network TAC  
calls).  
If a location-specific entry  
and a global entry both  
match a dialed number  
equally well, then the  
location-specific entry  
takes precedence over the  
global entry, and a  
location-specific digit  
conversion takes  
precedence over a  
location-specific routing  
entry.  
Multiple-location routing  
capacities = 4000  
(Release 7r or later)  
A set of local routing  
options also are required  
for each location for  
911  
other service numbers  
local operator access  
local calls in general.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Location-related Interactions  
B
B-4  
Table B-2. DEFINITY operations affected by location Continued  
Operation  
Description  
User interface  
Performance  
ARS Digit  
Conversion  
Code  
To simplify the  
Maximum 600 conversion  
entries possible  
(Release 7r or later)  
Conversion  
administration of AAR/ARS  
and its interaction with  
TOD routing and partition  
groups, partitioning should  
be separated from AAR  
and ARS analysis. In other  
words, AAR/ARS analysis  
entries could specify a  
routing index (from 1 to  
2000), and a separate  
table could be used to  
specify the routing  
When Foreign  
Number Plan  
Area (FNPA,  
10-digit) or  
Home Number  
Plan Area  
(HNPA, 7-digit)  
numbers are  
converted, the  
home NPA  
used is  
determined  
from the  
originator’s  
administered  
location.  
Provides a fixed point of  
reference for digit analysis  
treatment for each of 8  
partitions, for each routing  
index.  
Call Redirection  
Uses the  
location and  
partition group  
of the  
forwarded or  
covered party,  
not those of the  
caller.  
Daylight  
Savings Time  
Up to 15 starting  
and ending dates  
and times and the  
change increment  
(in hours and  
Each location must have a  
Daylight Savings Time rule  
administered.  
Once administered, all  
locations change  
automatically to the proper  
time at the designated day  
and time.  
minutes) can be  
administered for  
different locations.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Location-related Interactions  
B
B-5  
Table B-2. DEFINITY operations affected by location Continued  
Operation  
Description  
User interface  
Performance  
Dial Plan  
Users on port  
networks located in  
different North  
American Number  
Plan Areas (NPAs)  
expect to make  
local calls by  
Carefully consider AAR  
and ARS routing  
parameters in ATM  
configurations.  
dialing 7-digit  
numbers. Although  
the digits dialed by  
two different users  
may be the same,  
the actual intended  
destinations may be  
different.  
System clock  
Time displays and  
stamps in all other  
locations  
Elapsed-time fields for  
features such as Call Detail  
Recording (CDR) are  
treated as they are now  
whenever the system clock  
is reset during the  
With one administration  
change at the PPN, all  
remote locations display  
and timestamp in locally  
adjusted Daylight Savings  
Time.  
automatically  
change according  
to the administered  
Daylight Savings  
Time rules.  
transition to and from  
daylight savings time. The  
system administrator may  
choose not to specify  
daylight savings time for  
the system clock, thereby  
avoiding the transitions.  
This may make time-of-day  
routing tables inaccurate.  
And, because the  
automatic daylight  
transition occurs early in  
the morning (at least by  
U.S. rules), only a few CDR  
records are affected.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Location-related Interactions  
B
B-6  
Time of Day considerations  
Tab l e B -3 shows the time-of-day impacts on users and administrators. In the  
Group column:  
User-visible means that times are visible and/or manipulated by the users.  
System management means that times are visible to, used by, and set by  
the system administrator or other switch management.  
Table B-3. Time of day impacts  
Use  
Group  
Impact  
User date and time  
User-visible  
The date and time displayed by the system should  
indicate the user’s local time.  
Automatic wakeup  
Announcements  
Do-Not-Disturb  
User-visible  
The user is able to specify and receive a wakeup  
call at the correct local time.  
Call Detail Recording System  
management  
Times recorded may have to be matched against  
times reported by public network service providers  
(which may be dependent on the locations of trunk  
groups). Two kinds of changes:  
Automatic changes are set in software to  
occur at 2 AM, for example.  
Manual changes are still possible  
Time-of-Day routing  
System  
management  
Times are derived from time-of-day considerations  
based on the location(s) of various outgoing  
trunks. For example, a time-of-day routing change  
may take place at 5:00 PM EST because calls  
entering the public network through a New York  
trunk group receive reduced rates. Another  
change may occur at 5:00 PM PST because trunks  
in Los Angeles now provide reduced rates. Some  
or all of these times may be subject to daylight  
savings time changes.  
Malicious Call Trace  
AUDIX  
System  
management  
Recorded time may need to be converted to  
user-perceived time. Because this feature is  
invoked infrequently, manual conversion is  
acceptable.  
User-visible  
AUDIX maintains its own time (including daylight  
savings) and is unaffected by switch  
administration. Depending on the number of DCS  
links available, it is possible to provide a different  
AUDIX switch for each time zone (or each  
location), with the AUDIX clock set to match.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Features Supported  
B
B-7  
Features Supported  
Release 7 and later supports the ATM-CES trunking features listed in Ta b le B- 4  
with noted feature interactions. Other features are not listed because they have  
nothing to do with trunking.  
Table B-4. Release 7 and later ATM-CES trunking features supported  
Feature  
Description  
Abbreviated Dialing  
Has the digits before cut-through put in the SETUP message.  
Tones after the cut-through (used by voice response systems)  
are generated directly by the ATM board.  
Alternate Facility Restriction  
Levels  
Works the same for ATM trunks as for any other trunk.  
Attendant Serial Calling  
Works the same as for other trunks.  
Automatic Alternate Routing  
(AAR)  
Selects a routing pattern, which in turn may select an ATM  
trunk.  
Authorization Codes  
Can override the FRL on incoming ATM calls or block access to  
ATM trunks.  
Automatic Route Selection  
Selects a routing pattern, which in turn may select an ATM  
trunk.  
CallVisor Adjunct/Switch  
Applications Interface (ASAI)  
Carries messages (customer account number, for example) in  
facilities information elements in Q.931 messages.  
1
Call Detail Recording  
Applies to trunk groups, not to individual trunk members (same  
CDR format used for ISDN-PRI trunks)  
CDR Account Code Dialing  
Works with ARS, but not with TAC (ATM trunk groups do not  
Forced Entry of Account Codes support TAC).  
Class of Restriction (COR)  
Is used for miscellaneous trunk restrictions: CORs assigned to  
individual stations control access to ATM trunks through the  
routing table FRL.  
Clock/Synchronization  
Derives synchronization source from T1 or E1 span connected  
to the ATM switch(es).  
Data Call Setup  
Data Hot Line  
Data Privacy  
Sets the QoS parameters appropriately for data calls.  
Data Restriction  
DCS Over ISDN-PRI D-Channel  
(DCS+)  
Is supported  
End-to-End Signaling  
Send DTMF digits for rotary phones after the call is connected.  
Routes a call to a trunk  
Extended Trunk Access (ETA)  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Features Supported  
B
B-8  
Table B-4. Release 7 and later ATM-CES trunking features supported Continued  
Feature  
Description  
Facility Restriction Levels  
(FRLs)  
Control access to ATM trunks like any other trunk. See also  
Traveling Class Marks (TCM).  
Facility Associated Signaling  
(NFAS)  
Is supported by DEFINITY ATM.  
Nonfacility Associated  
Signaling (NFAS)  
Is not supported (see NFAS in the list of unsupported features).  
Generalized Route Selection  
(GRS)  
Includes Bearer Capability Class (BCC), Information Transfer  
Capability (ITC), and others. These parameters are checked on  
the routing pattern, and are used to select an appropriate trunk  
group. These parameters may help choose the appropriate  
QoS.  
Inbound Call Management  
(ICM)  
See CallVisor ASAI.  
Inter-PBX Attendant Calls  
Does not require a special kind of trunk, unlike Centralized  
Attendant Service (CAS).  
Look Ahead Interflow  
Places look ahead interflow information element in the SETUP  
message, requiring a private network connection.  
Malicious Call Trace (MCT)  
Shows calling party identification and port number. MCT cannot  
be activated on a specific ATM trunk port, as can be done on  
ISDN ports.  
Multiple Listed Directory  
Numbers  
Work with CO, DID, FX, ISDN-PRI, and ATM trunks.  
Network Access—Private  
Network Access—Public  
Night Service  
Works same as any other tie trunk  
Works same as an ISDN-PRI trunk to the public network  
Is supported for all night service modes, including the ability to  
administer an individual night service button to an ATM group.  
It is not possible to have a night service extension assigned to  
an individual trunk group member (for other than CES).  
QSIG Global Networking  
Is supported  
Remote Access (with Security  
Measures)  
Uses remote access features for incoming calls on ATM trunks,  
including barrier codes and authorization codes.  
Remote Call Coverage  
Is supported to an endpoint over ATM, with the limitation that  
the ATM trunk cannot be selected by a TAC.  
Restriction—Fully Restricted  
Service  
Restricts stations to certain ATM trunks  
Restriction—Toll  
Uses the ARS toll table for ATM trunking  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Features Supported  
B
B-9  
Table B-4. Release 7 and later ATM-CES trunking features supported Continued  
Feature  
Description  
Restriction—Voice Terminal,  
Inward  
Restricts stations to receive ATM private network calls but not  
ATM public network calls.  
Restriction—Voice Terminal,  
Outward  
Restricts stations to originate ATM private network calls but not  
ATM public network calls.  
Restriction—Voice Terminal,  
Public  
Restricts stations to receive ATM private network calls but not  
ATM public network calls.  
Ringback Queuing  
Queues Callbacks for any ATM trunk not used for DCS (same  
as ISDN-PRI restriction).  
Subnet Trunking  
Supports subnet trunking over ATM with normal digit  
manipulation.  
Synchronization  
See Clock Synchronization  
System Measurements  
System Status Report  
Includes ATM-related measurements  
Monitors trunk group traffic  
Timed Reminder and Attendant  
Timers  
Routes an incoming ATM call to the attendant if it is  
unanswered for a specified time period.  
Transfer—Outgoing Trunk to  
Outgoing Trunk (with Security  
Measures)  
Allows a station user to connect an ATM trunk to another trunk  
(ATM or not).  
Traveling Class Marks (TCM)  
Work as with ISDN-PRI.  
Trunk Identification By  
Attendant  
Are identifiable by group and member.  
Wideband Switching  
Is supported in ATM trunks and in ATM-PNC but in limited  
numbers.  
1. The adjunct requests that these messages be sent along with the call when it routes over the trunk.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Features Not Supported  
B
B-10  
Features Not Supported  
None of the features listed below are supported in DEFINITY ECS ATM CES  
trunks in Release 7 or later.  
Abandoned Call Search  
Access Endpoint  
Administered Connections  
Advice of Charge (AOC)  
Answer Detection  
Attendant Control of Trunk Group Access  
Attendant Direct Trunk Group Selection  
Automatic Circuit Assurance (ACA).  
Automatic Transmission Measurement System (ATMS)  
Busy Verification of Trunks  
Call-by-Call Service Selection  
Centralized Attendant Service (CAS)  
Data-Only Off-Premises Extensions  
DCS Attendant Control of Trunk Group Access  
DCS Attendant Direct Trunk Group Selection  
DCS Automatic Circuit Assurance (ACA)  
DCS Busy Verification of Terminals and Trunks  
DCS Trunk Group Busy/Warning Indication  
Digital Multiplexed Interface Plan  
Direct Inward and Outward Dialing (DIOD)—International  
Direct Outward Dialing (DOD)  
DS1 Trunk Service  
E1 Trunk Service  
Enhanced ICSU  
Enhanced DCS (EDCS)  
Facility Busy Indication  
Facility Test Calls (with Security Measures)  
Flexible Billing  
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)—Primary Rate Interface  
Loudspeaker Paging Access and Loudspeaker Paging Access—Deluxe  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Delay Interactions  
B
B-11  
Nonfacility Associated Signaling (NFAS)  
Off-Premises Station  
Personal Central Office Line (PCOL)  
Power Failure Transfer  
R2-MFC Signaling  
Recorded Announcement  
Recorded Telephone Dictation Access  
Restriction—Miscellaneous Trunk  
Trunk Flash  
Trunk Group Busy/Warning Indication  
Delay Interactions  
Delays in ATM cell delivery affects the ATM-PNC or ATM-CES features and  
functionality listed in Tab le B-5.  
Additionally, WAN-PNC configurations (more than one ATM switch) require  
additional delay considerations:  
1. Setting up an SVC through the PNC can be delayed by as much as 7 s,  
similar to an ISDN trunk.  
2. An SVC request can fail, and this failure may not be received for several  
seconds.  
3. Paths through the PNC are not free (however, tariffing of these resources is  
highly variable).  
Table B-5. ATM delay interactions  
Feature  
Description  
POTS (plain old telephone  
service)  
Lets in normal point-to-point calls the terminating side does not ring  
until an SVC is established through the WAN.  
AAR (Automatic Alternate  
Routing)  
Route calls based on the preferred (normally the least expensive)  
route available at the time the call is placed.  
ARS (Automatic Route  
Selection)  
AAR and ARS Overlap  
Sending  
Determines that if the call is to be routed to another switch over a  
trunk with ISDN overlap sending, the system seizes the outgoing  
ISDN trunk and starts sending digits while DEFINITY ECS continues  
to collect (receive) the remaining incoming digits.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Delay Interactions  
B
B-12  
Table B-5. ATM delay interactions — Continued  
Feature  
Description  
AAR and ARS Partitioning  
Agent Call Handling  
Manages geographically dispersed EPNs.  
Allows you to administer functions that Automatic Call Distribution  
(ACD) agents use to answer and process ACD calls. Automatic  
answering (zip tone) calls are also affected by SVC setup delays and  
failures.  
Alternate Operations  
Support System Alarm  
Number (OSSA)  
Allows you to establish a second number for the switch to call when  
an alarmable event occurs. This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures.  
Answer Detection  
Detects when the called party answers a call for call-detail recording.  
If the customer provisions Answer Supervision by Time-out, then calls  
are affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Attendant Auto-Manual  
Splitting  
Allows the attendant to announce a call or consult privately with the  
called party without being heard by the calling party on the call. This  
feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Attendant Backup Alerting Allows other system users to pick up attendant calls when the  
attendant is unable to do so. This feature provides both audible and  
visual alerting to backup stations when the attendant queue reaches  
its queue warning level. When the queue drops below the queue  
warning level, alerting stops. This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures for the calls that are picked up by other system  
users.  
Attendant Direct Trunk  
Group Selection  
Allows the attendant to access an idle outgoing trunk. This feature is  
affected by SVC setup delays and failures if trunk is on another EPN.  
Attendant Intrusion  
Allows an attendant to intrude on an existing call to offer a new call or  
message to the intruded party. This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures.  
Attendant Override of  
Diversion Features  
Allows an attendant to bypass call-diversion features invoked by and  
associated with a dialed extension. This feature is affected by SVC  
setup delays and failures.  
Attendant Recall  
Allows voice-terminal users on a 2-party call or on an attendant  
conference call held on the console to recall the attendant for  
assistance. This feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Attendant Serial Calling  
Enables the attendant to transfer trunk calls that return to the same  
attendant after the called party hangs up. This feature is affected by  
SVC setup delays and failures.  
Audio Information  
Exchange (AUDIX)  
Interface  
Is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Auto Start and Don’t Split  
Allows the attendant to initiate a call by pressing any key on the  
keypad without having to first press Start. No effect.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Delay Interactions  
B
B-13  
Table B-5. ATM delay interactions — Continued  
Feature  
Description  
Automatic Call Distribution  
(ACD  
Allows incoming calls to connect automatically to specific splits. This  
feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Automatic Callback (ACB)  
Allows internal users who placed a call to a busy or unanswered  
internal voice terminal to be called back automatically when the  
called voice terminal becomes available. This feature is affected by  
SVC setup delays and failures.  
Automatic Incoming Call  
Display  
Allows the system to provide information about an incoming call when  
the called party is active on a call. This feature is affected by SVC  
setup delays and failures.  
Automatic Transmission  
Measurement System  
(ATMS)  
Measures transmission performance for voice and data trunk  
facilities. This is affected by ATM-WAN problems.  
Automatic Wakeup  
Allows attendants, front desk users, and guests to place an automatic  
wakeup call to a certain extension at a later time. This feature is  
affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Bridged Call Appearance  
Allows single-line and multi-appearance voice-terminal users to have  
an appearance of another user’s primary extension number. This  
feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Busy Verification of  
Terminals and Trunks  
Allows attendants and specified multi-appearance voice-terminal  
users to make test calls to trunks, voice terminals, and hunt DDC and  
UCD groups.This feature is affected by SVC setup delays and  
failures.  
Call Coverage  
Provides automatic redirection of calls to alternate answering  
positions in a Call Coverage path. This feature is affected by SVC  
setup delays and failures.  
Call Detail Recording  
(CDR)  
Collects detailed information about all incoming and outgoing calls on  
specified trunk groups and, if you use intraswitch CDR, about calls  
between designated extensions on the switch. No effect.  
Call Forwarding  
Call Park  
Allows users to redirect calls to designated destinations. The feature  
is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Allows users to put a call on hold and then retrieve the call from any  
other voice terminal within the system. This feature is affected by SVC  
setup delays and failures.  
Call Pickup  
Allows a voice-terminal user to answer calls that alert other extension  
numbers within the user’s specified call pickup group. This feature is  
affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Call Prompting  
Uses specialized vector commands to process incoming calls based  
on information collected from the caller or from an ISDN-PRI  
message. This feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Delay Interactions  
B
B-14  
Table B-5. ATM delay interactions — Continued  
Feature  
Description  
Call Vectoring  
Processes incoming and internal calls according to a programmed  
set of commands. This feature is affected by SVC setup delays and  
failures.  
Call Waiting Termination  
Notifies a user with a single-line telephone who is active on one call  
that a second call is waiting. This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures.  
Centralized Attendant  
Service (CAS)  
Allows attendants in a private network of switching systems to be  
concentrated at a central or main location. Attendant answer times  
are affected by delays and failures.  
Code Calling Access  
Conference Attendant  
Conference Terminal  
Consult  
Allows attendants, voice-terminal users, and tie-trunk users to page  
with coded chime signals. This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures.  
Allows the attendant to set up a conference call for as many as 6  
conferees, including the attendant. This feature is affected by SVC  
setup delays and failures.  
Allows multi-appearance voice-terminal users to make 6-party  
conference calls without attendant assistance. This feature is affected  
by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Allows a covering user, after answering a coverage call, to call the  
principal (called party) for private consultation. This feature is  
affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Delay Interactions  
B
B-15  
Table B-5. ATM delay interactions — Continued  
Feature  
Description  
DCS Alphanumeric  
Allows calls to or from alphanumeric-display terminals to have  
Display for Terminals  
transparency for call-related data. No impact for all of DCS features.  
DCS Attendant Control of Trunk Group Access  
DCS Attendant Direct Trunk Group Selection  
DCS Attendant Display  
DCS Automatic Callback  
DCS Automatic Circuit Assurance  
DCS Busy Verification of Terminals and Trunks  
DCS Call Coverage  
DCS Call Forwarding  
DCS Call Waiting  
DCS Distinctive Ringing  
DCS Leave Word Calling  
DCS Multiappearance Conference/Transfer  
DCS Over ISDN-PRI D-channel  
DCS Trunk Group Busy/Warning Indication  
Do Not Disturb  
Allows guests, attendants, and authorized front-desk voice-terminal  
users (those with console permission) to request that no calls, other  
than priority calls, terminate at a particular extension until a specified  
time. Affected by Time-of-Day issues.  
Emergency Access to the  
Attendant  
Alerts an attendant if a station remains off-hook for more than the  
administered period of time. This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures.  
Expert Agent Selection  
Facility Test Calls  
Routes incoming Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) calls to the agent  
best qualified to handle the call.This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures.  
Allows you to test specific trunks, DTMF receivers, time slots, and  
system tones from a phone. This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures.  
Generalized Route  
Selection  
Provides voice and data call-routing capabilities. This may be used  
for routing to EPNs when knowledge of the WAN behavior is  
available.  
Go to Cover  
Allows users who call another internal extension to send the call  
directly to coverage. This feature is affected by SVC setup delays and  
failures.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Delay Interactions  
B
B-16  
Table B-5. ATM delay interactions — Continued  
Feature  
Description  
Group Paging -  
Allows a user to make announcements to groups of stations. This  
feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Hot Line Service  
Allows single-line voice terminal users, by simply lifting the handset,  
to automatically place a call to a preassigned destination (extension,  
public or private network telephone number, or feature access code).  
This feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Hunt Groups  
Handle multiple calls simultaneously to a single phone number. This  
feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Inbound Call Management Allows you to integrate DEFINITY features with host-application  
processing and routing, and automate delivery of caller information to  
agents’ displays. This feature is affected by SVC setup delays and  
failures.  
Intercept Treatment  
Provides an intercept tone or a recorded announcement or routes the  
call to an attendant for assistance when calls cannot be completed or  
when use of a feature is denied. This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures.  
Intercom Automatic  
Intercom Dial  
Provides a talking path between two voice-terminal users. This  
feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Allows multiappearance voice-terminal users to gain rapid access to  
other voice-terminal users within an administered group.This feature  
is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Internal Automatic Answer  
Provides convenient hands-free answering of internal calls to some  
voice-terminal users on most multifunction stations with a  
speakerphone or a headphone. This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures.  
Inter-PBX Attendant  
Service (IAS)  
Allows attendants for multiple branches to be concentrated at a main  
location. Incoming trunk calls to the branch, as well as  
attendant-seeking voice-terminal calls, route over tie trunks to the  
main location. This feature may be affected by SVC setup delays and  
failures.  
Intraflow and Interflow  
Look-Ahead Routing  
Allows you to redirect ACD calls from one split to another split when  
the splits are not vector-controlled. This feature is affected by SVC  
setup delays and failures.  
Provides an efficient way to use trunking facilities. This feature is  
affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Loudspeaker Paging  
Access  
Loudspeaker Paging Access provides attendants and voice-terminal  
users dial access to voice-paging equipment. This feature is affected  
by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Malicious Call Trace  
Allows you to trace malicious calls. No effect.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Delay Interactions  
B
B-17  
Table B-5. ATM delay interactions — Continued  
Feature  
Description  
Manual Message Waiting  
Enables multi-appearance voice-terminal users to press a designated  
button on their own terminals and light the Manual Message Waiting  
button lamp at another multi-appearance voice terminal. No effect.  
Manual Originating Line  
Service  
Connects single-line voice-terminal users to the attendant  
automatically when a user lifts the handset. This feature is affected by  
SVC setup delays and failures.  
Messaging Server  
Interface  
Messaging Server (MS) interface provides MS-based features to the  
system. This feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Multimedia Call Handling  
(MMCH)  
Allows you to administer a non-BRI voice terminal and a multimedia  
endpoint as a multimedia complex. This feature is affected by SVC  
setup delays and failures.  
Multiple Call Handling  
(MCH)  
Allows agents to receive an ACD call while other types of calls are  
alerting, active, or on hold. This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures.  
Music-on-Hold Access  
Automatically provides music, silence, or tone to a caller. This feature  
is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Night Service  
PC Interface  
Same as other hunt group and trunk features.  
Is part of the PC/PBX connection, the PC/PBX platforms, and  
PC/ISDN platform product family. None of these features are affected.  
Property Management  
System Interface  
Provides a communications link between the switch and a  
customer-owned PMS. Interface to PMS system is affected by SVC  
setup delays and failures.  
Public Network Call  
Priority  
Provides call retention, forced disconnect, intrusion, mode-of-release  
control, and rering to switches on public networks. No effect.  
QSIG  
Provides compliance to the ISO ISDN private-networking  
specifications. Similar effect as DCS  
QSIG Call Forwarding (Diversion)  
QSIG Call Transfer  
QSIG Name and Number Identification  
QSIG Path Replacement (ANF-PR)  
QSIG Transit Counter (ANF-TC)  
Recall Signaling  
Allows the user of an analog station to place a call on hold, use the  
voice terminal for other call purposes, and then return to the original  
call. This feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Recorded Announcement  
Provides an announcement to callers under a variety of  
circumstances. This feature is affected by SVC setup delays and  
failures.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Delay Interactions  
B
B-18  
Table B-5. ATM delay interactions — Continued  
Feature  
Description  
Recorded Telephone  
Dictation Access  
Permits voice-terminal users, including Remote Access and incoming  
tie-trunk users, to access dictation equipment. No effect if user waits  
for signal.  
Redirection on No Answer  
Ringback Queuing  
Redirects a ringing ACD split or skill call or Direct Agent Call after an  
administered number of rings. It will have an effect if WAN-PNC  
delays ringing.  
Places outgoing calls in an ordered queue (first-in, first-out) when all  
trunks are busy. The voice-terminal user is automatically called back  
when a trunk becomes available. This feature is affected by SVC  
setup delays and failures.  
Send All Calls  
Allows users to temporarily direct all incoming calls to coverage  
regardless of the assigned call-coverage redirection criteria. The  
forwarded phone is affected by delays.  
Service Observing  
Station Hunting  
Allows a specified user, such as a supervisor, to observe or monitor  
another user’s calls. No effect.  
Routes calls made to a busy station down a chain of stations until one  
is found that is not active. This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures.  
Temporary Bridged  
Appearance  
Allows multi-appearance voice terminal users in a terminating  
extension group (TEG) or personal central office line (PCOL) group to  
bridge onto an existing group call. This feature is affected by SVC  
setup delays and failures.  
Terminating Extension  
Group  
Allows an incoming call to ring as many as 4 voice terminals at one  
time. This feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Time of Day Routing  
Provides the most economical routing of ARS and AAR calls. This  
feature is affected by different time zones.  
Transfer  
Allows voice-terminal users to transfer trunk or internal calls to other  
voice terminals or trunks without attendant assistance. This feature is  
affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Transfer Outgoing Trunk  
to Outgoing Trunk  
Permits a controlling party (such as a station user or attendant) to  
initiate two or more outgoing trunk calls and then connect the trunks.  
This feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer  
Uniform Dial Plan  
Allows the attendant or voice-terminal user to connect an incoming  
trunk call to an outgoing trunk. This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures.  
Provides a common 4- or 5-digit dial plan (specified in the Dial Plan  
Record) that can be shared among a group of switches. No effect.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
ATM Feature Interactions  
B
B-19  
Table B-5. ATM delay interactions — Continued  
Feature  
Description  
VDN in a Coverage Path  
Enhances Call Coverage and Call Vectoring to allow you to assign  
Vector Directory Numbers (VDNs) as the last point in coverage paths.  
This feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
VDN of Origin  
Announcement  
Provides agents with a short message about a caller’s city of origin or  
requested service based on the VDN used to process the call. This  
feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
Visually Impaired  
Attendant Service  
Allows a visually impaired attendant to listen to voiced information  
about each button in Inspect mode. This feature is affected by SVC  
setup delays and failures.  
Voice Response  
Integration  
Integrates Call Vectoring with the capabilities of voice response units  
(VRUs) such as the Lucent Technologies CONVERSANT Voice  
Information System (CVIS). This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures.  
Whisper Page  
Allows station users to make and receive barge-in announcements to  
and from other station users without anyone else on the calls being  
aware of the announcements. This feature is affected by SVC setup  
delays and failures.  
Wideband Switching  
Provides the ability to dedicate 2 or more ISDN-PRI B-channels or  
DS0 endpoints for applications that require large bandwidth. This  
feature is affected by SVC setup delays and failures.  
World-Class Tone  
Detection  
Allows DEFINITY ECS to identify and handle different types of  
call-progress tones. Affected by delays and failures if the call needs  
to go to another EPN for the tone detector.  
World-Class Tone  
Generation  
Allows you to define call-progress tones. Affected by delays and  
failures if the call needs to go to another EPN for the tone generator.  
ATM Feature Interactions  
The following sections summarize the effects of ATM-WAN PNC on various  
features because of:  
1. Location assignments in a widely distributed switch  
2. Cell delivery delays and race conditions that occur on the ATM-WAN.  
The features affected by these conditions are listed in Tab le B -6.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
ATM Feature Interactions  
B
B-20  
Table B-6. Release 7 or later ATM feature interactions  
Affected by  
Race  
Feature  
Location  
Condition  
Description  
Remedy  
Music on Hold  
X
Long holding times between  
widely separated PNs (single  
music source extended to the PNs  
while caller is on hold).  
Administer a separate  
music source for each  
location.  
Tenant Partitioning  
Attendant Selection  
X
Attendant services based on time  
of day at the administered location  
Specify an attendant  
group for the partition  
(optional; overrides the  
location-based  
administration)  
1
AAR/ARS  
Partioning  
X
Partitioning is applied in a partition  
routing table as the result of digit  
analysis.  
AAR/ARS partitioning  
separated from digit  
analysis to:  
simplify AAR/ARS  
administration  
permit ARS  
caller-location  
analysis  
Attendant Group  
Features  
X
When a CAS attendant extends a  
call out over public facilities  
Combine switches in  
different locations to  
Centralized  
Attendant Service  
through TAC or ARS access, digit  
analysis is based on the location  
of the RLT trunk. That is, CAS  
attendants must dial as if they  
were on the served switch in the  
same location as the RLT trunk.  
provide direct access to a  
single attendant group  
Centralized attendant  
service is acquired from  
another switch through an  
RLT trunk  
AUDIX  
X
X
If a call goes to AUDIX, and the  
assigned AUDIX is far across the  
WAN, a race condition can exist  
between alerting with answer by  
AUDIX, and establishment of an  
inter-port-network connection  
through the ATM WAN. If the WAN  
loses, the AUDIX announcement  
could be clipped or lost.  
Avoid this problem by  
providing local AUDIX  
systems, each located  
near its subscriber. If the  
switch spans multiple time  
zones, a separate AUDIX  
for each time zone is also  
desirable to provide the  
correct timestamps for  
recorded messages.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
ATM Feature Interactions  
B
B-21  
Table B-6. Release 7 or later ATM feature interactions — Continued  
Affected by  
Race  
Feature  
Location  
Condition  
Description  
Remedy  
Automatic Call  
X
ATM WAN PNC permits the  
Ensure that the ATM  
Distribution (ACD)  
administration of a single ACD  
group with agents scattered  
across the country. Depending on  
the service provided by the WAN,  
this can lead to relatively long  
interconnection delays if, for  
example, an ACD customer calls  
in on a New York trunk and is  
routed to an agent on a port  
network located in Los Angeles.  
network used can meet  
interconnection delay  
requirements. This may  
require the use of local  
ATM switches  
interconnected through  
dedicated long-haul  
facilities.The switch  
cannot guarantee, in the  
worst case, that a talk  
path is available when the  
agent is alerted to the call  
and begins speaking. This  
remedy is necessary if a  
switch is to support ACD  
groups with access points  
in remote locations.  
Automatic Route  
Selection (ARS)  
X
The multilocation feature provides  
the ability to perform ARS digit  
conversion and routing analysis  
based on location. That is, the  
switch can support local public  
network dialing plans as  
Convert this capability to  
ARS and apply it to UDP  
or AAR calls.  
appropriate for users in each  
location.  
Call Coverage  
X
When a call is sent to remote  
coverage, digit analysis and  
routing are based on the location,  
tenant number, and partition  
group of the covered user, not on  
those of the calling user. When the  
attendant is specified as a  
coverage point, the attendant  
group selected is based on the  
location (or tenant partition) of the  
covered user.  
Call Forwarding  
X
When call forwarding is activated  
and a call is actually forwarded,  
the forward-to digits are analyzed,  
and the call is routed, according  
to the location, tenant partition,  
and partition group assigned to  
the forwarded endpoint, not  
according to the caller’s  
properties and permissions.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
ATM Feature Interactions  
B
B-22  
Table B-6. Release 7 or later ATM feature interactions — Continued  
Affected by  
Race  
Feature  
Location  
Condition  
Description  
Remedy  
CAMA trunks  
X
Enhanced 911 (E911) service over  
CAMA trunks (MF signalling  
through a TN744D or TN2182B  
port) uses an algorithm that  
Engineer the service  
circuits and port networks  
within a location as if they  
were a stand-alone  
searches for a touch-tone receiver  
within a single location before  
searching elsewhere. This ensures  
that an E911 call uses a tone  
generator within the same location  
as the trunk and should not  
switch, which reduces  
reliance on service  
circuits located on distant  
port networks and  
minimizes long-haul ATM  
connections just for  
services like touchtone  
collection.  
negatively impact E911 service on  
a WAN PNC configuration.  
Dial Plan  
X
The ATM-WAN PNC switch’s dial  
plan has a common extension  
numbering and common feature  
access codes. Take care in  
planning to:  
Administer multiple NANP  
home area codes (one  
per location) when using  
subnet trunking. See AAR  
and ARS changes.  
Combine existing switches  
Add DID trunks and number  
ranges in different locations.  
Hospitality  
Automatic  
Wakeup  
X
When guests and attendants enter  
or check wakeup times, all times  
are reported in that location’s  
timezone and daylight savings  
time plan.  
Time-zone and daylight  
savings time  
administration  
Interexchange  
Carrier (IXC)  
access  
X
X
You can administer IXC access  
codes across all locations in a  
WAN PNC.  
International  
Restricted to a single country  
code  
No provision has been  
made for location-based  
selection of companding  
modes, call progress  
tones, loss plans, or other  
options.  
Paging  
X
X
Switch capacity is 9 individual  
zones and a tenth (global) zone  
Modem Pooling  
Delayed connections to and  
Modern modems are  
more than twice as fast as  
the fastest modems  
supported by a modem  
pool.  
through a modem pool can lead to  
failed modem training sequences.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
ATM Feature Interactions  
B
B-23  
Table B-6. Release 7 or later ATM feature interactions — Continued  
Affected by  
Race  
Feature  
Location  
Condition  
Description  
Remedy  
Multimedia  
The multimedia feature builds a  
conference using MMIs and VCs  
in a single port network to  
minimize the number of timeslots.  
This means that long-haul  
connections carry H.320 encoded  
digital data.  
Send all data  
conferencing connections  
to the one ESM (24  
connections per ESM) the  
switch supports.  
Music on Hold  
X
X
Placing music on hold to all port  
networks requires extending a  
music timeslot to any PN that  
needs it, resulting in long-haul  
music links between PNs if  
endpoints in different locations are  
on hold.  
Use tenant partitioning to  
segregate music sources  
to individual locations.  
Network access  
(public)  
ARS permits location-based digit  
analysis and manipulation,  
including support for local dialling  
plans, local central office access,  
and the WAN PNC equivalent of  
tail-end hopoff (routing a call to  
the best central office access  
point through the ATM WAN).  
Network access  
(private)  
Network (SDN)  
X
X
WAN PNC supports SDN access.  
Replace the SDN with a  
WAN PNC switch.  
Personal CO line  
You can administer a personal CO  
line in a different city than the user.  
Recorded  
Announcement  
X
Announcement playback may be  
delayed during inter-PN  
connection setup to ensure that  
the complete announcement can  
be heard.  
Remote modules  
Tenant Partitioning  
Multilocation feature supports any  
type of remote EPN (including  
DS-1)  
X
X
WAN PNC tenant partitioning can  
provide local music-on-hold  
sources and/or local attendants.  
XREF to Music on Hold above.  
Ten-Digit to  
Seven-Digit  
Conversion  
Supports 10-to-7 digit conversion  
by providing location-dependent  
routing and location-dependent  
home-NPA definition.  
Continued on next page  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
ATM Switch Feature Interactions  
Cross-product Compatibility  
B
B-24  
Table B-6. Release 7 or later ATM feature interactions — Continued  
Affected by  
Race  
Feature  
Location  
Condition  
Description  
Remedy  
Time-of-Day  
Routing  
X
The system clock, which  
determines time-of-day routing  
transitions, permits administration  
of a daylight savings time rule, if  
desired.  
System clock (if  
administered), changes  
automatically according  
to the specified rule, and  
time-of-day changes  
follow the system clock.  
Uniform Dial Plan  
X
Uniform Dial Plan in a  
network of switches  
makes it easier to merge  
those switches into a  
single WAN PNC switch.  
Voice Terminal  
Display - Date/Time  
Display  
X
Some phones maintain an internal  
time that is not synchronized with  
the switch, and must be set by the  
user.  
Base correct date and  
time display on the user’s  
location if location is  
administered.  
World Class  
Routing  
X
Location-dependent digit analysis  
and conversion for ARS  
(Multinational Call  
Routing/AAR-ARS)  
1. If a customer does not use AAR/ARSpartitioning (or time-of-day routing), then the partition-routing table is not used  
at all, and route patterns are administered directly in AAR/ARS analysis entries.  
Cross-product Compatibility  
Observe the following cross-product compatibility issues:  
Table B-7. Cross-product compatibility with DEFINITY ATM  
Lucent Product  
AUDIX  
Description  
For the caller to hear the complete AUDIX greeting message, the  
connection between the caller and AUDIX must be available  
immediately after AUDIX answers a call.  
Conversant  
Similar to the considerations for AUDIX, there must be an available talk  
path between the caller and the Conversant so that the caller hears  
prompts from the Conversant.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Glossary and Abbreviations  
GL-1  
Glossary and Abbreviations  
Numerics  
800 service  
A service in the United States that allows incoming calls from certain areas to an assigned number  
for a flat-rate charge based on usage  
AAR  
Automatic Alternate Routing—digit analysis performed in support of the private network  
numbering plan(s).  
AC  
Access Concentrator  
ACD  
Automatic Call Distribution  
AFI  
Address Format Identifier  
AIS  
Alarm Indication (or Inhibit) Signal—inserted when a network element receives a “bad” signal, and  
forwarded downstream to tell the receivers what happened.  
ARS  
Automatic Route Selection—digit analysis performed in support of the public network numbering  
plan(s)  
ATM  
Asynchronous Transfer Mode  
ATM network duplication  
ATM network duplication is an ATM-PNC configuration that allows DEFINITY ECS’s without  
duplicated SPEs to be supported with duplicated EPN connectivity to other points on an ATM  
network. These points can be on separate ATM switches, the same ATM switch, or directly  
connected to an ATM-WAN. There is no difference in performance between ATM network  
duplication and critical reliability.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Glossary and Abbreviations  
GL-2  
C
CBR  
Constant bit rate—Digital information, such as video and digitized voice, that is represented by a  
continuous stream of bits. CBR traffic requires guaranteed throughput rates and service levels.  
CES  
Circuit Emulation Service—a connection over an ATM PVC-based network that provides  
end-to-end service, sometimes called virtual trunking. Conforms to CES ATM Forum VTOA-78  
Interoperability Specifications (CES-IS).  
CDV  
Cell delay variation, which measures the allowable variance in delay between one cell and the  
next, expressed in fractions of a second. When emulating a circuit, CDV measurements allow the  
network to determine if cells are arriving too fast or too slow.  
CMC  
Compact Modular Cabinet  
CSCC  
Compact Single Carrier Cabinet  
CSS  
Center Stage Switch—the central interface between the processor port network (PPN) and the  
expansion port networks (EPN).  
CSU  
Channel service unit  
D
DCS  
Distributed Communication System  
DS1  
Digital Signal, Level 1—The 1.544 Mbps digital signal format defined for operation in the  
international digital hierarchy.  
DSU  
Data service unit  
DTE  
Data terminal equipment  
E
EI  
Expansion interface  
EPN  
Expansion port network  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Glossary and Abbreviations  
GL-3  
ESCC  
Enhanced single-carrier cabinet  
ESI  
End System Identifier  
E
FNPA  
Foreign Number Plan Area—in the North American Numbering Plan, any area code other than the  
caller’s own area code. An FNPA ARS call specifies a 10-digit address (optionally preceded by a  
‘1’ toll prefix), the first three digits of which specify the area code, or number plan area. In some  
locations (typically where area codes are overlaid), it is necessary to dial the NPA even for a local  
call.  
H
HNPA  
Home Number Plan Area—in the North American Numbering Plan, the caller’s own area code. An  
HNPA ARS call is usually a 7-digit call (perhaps preceded by a ‘1’ toll prefix) for which the local  
area code is implied. In some locations, HNPAs are overlaid (2 or more used in the same location),  
requiring 10-digit dialing; in effect, there is no HNPA for such locations.  
HO-DSP  
High-Order Domain Specific Part  
I
ICSU  
Integrated Channel Service Unit  
ILMI  
Integrated Layer Management Interface  
INS  
Lucent’s Data Network Systems  
ISDN  
Integrated Services Digital Network  
L
LAN  
Local area network  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Glossary and Abbreviations  
GL-4  
LAPD  
Link Access Protocol D-channel  
LIU  
Lightwave Interface Unit  
LOS  
Loss of signal  
M
MAC  
Media Access Control  
MCC  
Multicarrier cabinet  
MDF  
Main distribution frame  
Meiners’ algorithm  
The Meiners’ algorithm is a method to determine whether a switch can support a proposed set of  
port networks in a proposed switch. This algorithm is available to Lucent engineers as a calculator  
within a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet, accessible at http://info.dr.lucent.com/~meiners/atm.html .  
N
NANP  
North American Numbering Plan—the numbering plan used in the U.S., Canada, and the  
Caribbean, in which a number consists of a 3-digit area code plus a 7-digit “local” number (itself  
divided into a 3-digit office code and a 4-digit number).  
NPA  
Number Plan Area—the area identified by the area code of the North American Numbering Plan.  
O
OC-3  
SONET (Synchronous Optical Network) optical carrier level 3 (155.52 Mbit/s).  
P
PCR  
Peak cell rate  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Glossary and Abbreviations  
GL-5  
PN  
Port network  
PNC  
Port Network Connectivity—an alternative to either the direct-connect or center stage switch  
configurations for connecting the processor port network (PPN) to one or more expansion port  
networks (EPNs).  
PPN  
Processor port network  
PRI  
IDSN primary rate interface  
PSTN  
Public switched telephone network  
PVC  
Permanent Virtual Circuit—a virtual circuit that provides the equivalent of a dedicated private line  
service over a packet switching network between two DTEs (the path between users is fixed). A  
PVC uses a fixed logical channel to maintain a permanent association between the DTEs. Once a  
PVC is defined, it requires no set-up operation before data is sent and no disconnect operation  
after data is sent. ATM-CES uses PVCs as the basis for the permanent connections, sometimes  
called virtual trunking.  
Q
QoS  
Quality of Service  
R
RDI  
Remote defect indication  
S
SDH  
Synchronous Digital Heirarchy—Used outside the United States, it’s an ITU standard for  
transmission in synchronous optical networks.  
SONET  
Synchronous Optical NETwork—a family of optical transmission channels for speeds from about  
45 Mbps to 2.4 Gbps and higher.  
STM-1  
Similar to OC-3 but used outside the United States.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Glossary and Abbreviations  
GL-6  
Subnet Trunking  
A feature permitting the manipulation of digits on outgoing AAR and ARS calls, based on the  
selected routing preference.  
SVC  
Switched Virtual Connection—a virtual link established through an ATM network; the basic building  
block of port network interconnectivity. Two SVCs, one in each direction, are required for a  
bi-directional talk path between two port networks in ATM-PNC configurations.  
T
TAC  
Trunk access code  
TDM  
Time-division multiplexing  
TTR  
Touch-tone receiver  
U
UID  
Call redirection  
V
VC  
Virtual circuit  
VCI  
Virtual channel identifier—a unique, numeric tag (16-bit field in cell header) that identifies every  
virtual channel across an ATM network  
VDN  
Vector directory number  
Virtual Path Identifier (VPI)  
The 8-bit field in the cell header that indicates the virtual path over which a cell is routed.  
W
WAN  
Wide-area network  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Index  
IN-1  
Index  
Numerics  
402A E1, 3-10  
402A T1 synchronization, 6-21  
403A E1, 3-10  
403A T1 synchronization, 6-21  
A
access concentrators  
Lucent PacketStar AC 60, vi  
PSAX1250, vi  
administration  
access terminals  
DNA, 5-1  
DSA, 5-1  
SAT, 5-1  
accessing switches, 5-1  
acquiring ATM addresses, 5-2  
ATM switch, 5-4  
ATM-CES, 5-7  
ATM-CES procedure, 5-12  
ATM-CES rules, 5-7  
ATM-CES trunk capacities, 5-9  
ATM-PNC, 5-5  
DEFINITY ECS, 5-4  
gain/loss adjustments, 5-31  
locations, 5-23  
port-to-channel mapping, 5-22  
SVC cache, 5-30  
trunk capacities by model, 5-10  
trunk groups, 5-10  
alarms and errors, 6-3  
ATM addresses, 1-2  
ATM circuit emulation service, vi, 1-1  
ATM connections, 1-3  
ATM maintenance objects, 6-3  
ATM network duplication, 3-32  
administration, 3-35  
ATM port network connectivity, vi, 1-1  
ATM switch suitability, 1-9  
ATM switches  
Lucent Cajun M770, vi  
ATM wide-area network, vi  
ATM-CES, vi, 1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Index  
ATM-PNC, vi, 1-1  
R6.3r to R8r, 4-13  
R7r to R8r, 4-14  
slot restrictions, 3-2  
upgrading a CSS to, 4-1  
upgrading CSS  
critical reliability, 4-5  
network duplication, 4-5  
upgrading CSS to R8r, 4-3  
ATM network duplication, 4-5  
critical reliability, 4-5  
high reliability, 4-9  
standard reliability, 4-9  
upgrading R6.3r to R8r  
ATM network duplication, 4-15  
critical reliability, 4-15  
high reliability, 4-18  
standard reliability, 4-18  
ATM-PNC connections  
ATM network duplication, 1-8  
critical reliability, 1-8  
high reliability, 1-6, 1-7  
ATM-WAN, vi  
C
cables  
1541CC cable kit, 3-19  
1541CC test kit, 3-19  
fiber optic, 2-2, 3-2  
H600-307, 3-21, 6-20  
H600-383, 3-11, 3-12, 3-13, 3-22, 3-23  
maximum run lengths  
400A T1, 3-14  
401A T1, 3-14  
402A E1, 3-14  
403A E1, 3-14  
RJ45 to Bantam, 3-19  
RJ450-to-Bantam test cable, 1-5  
RJ45-to-Bantam test cable, 3-20, 3-22, 3-26, 3-31  
ST-to-SC adapter, 2-2, 3-2  
center stage switch, v  
Connected, 3-21  
connections  
needing synchronization splitters, 3-4  
without synchronization splitters, 3-4  
conserving ATM bandwidth, 6-43  
CSS, v  
D
daylight-savings time rules, 5-25  
DS1 synchronization splitter (3-way), 3-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Index  
IN-3  
H
hardware  
120A 2 ICSU, 3-24  
120A ICSU, 3-25  
316X CSU, 3-25, 3-27, 3-28, 3-29, 6-19, 6-20  
400A T1 synchronization splitter, 3-14  
401A T1 synchronization splitter, 3-14  
402A E1 splitter, 3-13  
402A E1 synchronization splitter, 3-13, 3-14  
403A E1 synchronization splitter, 3-14  
access concentrators, vi  
ATM switches, vi  
TN2305, 1-4, 1-5, 2-1  
TN2306, 1-4, 2-1  
TN771, 1-4  
helplines, 6-3  
I
installation  
ATM-CES, 2-1  
ATM-PNC, 3-1  
Integrated Local Management Interface (ILMI), 1-2  
L
LEDs  
316X CSU, 6-20  
DS1 circuit pack, 3-25, 6-17, 6-21  
location administration, 5-23  
Lucent service organizations, 6-2  
Global Services Organization Division, 1-1  
Technical Service Center, 1-1  
Technical Support Organization, 1-14  
M
maintenance objects, 6-4  
Meiners’ Algorithm, 1-9  
N
NAA7 board, 2-3  
network synchronization, 3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Index  
IN-4  
R
reliability  
ATM network duplication, 3-32  
reliability configurations, parts required for, 1-4  
RLB, 3-28  
S
security issues, xii  
SVC cache administration, 5-30  
switch suitability  
known switch limits, 1-13  
switched virtual connection, 1-9  
synchronization  
network, 3-3  
synchronization connections  
directly to timing source, 3-11  
through a DSU/CSU, 3-11  
through an ICSU, 3-11  
synchronization splitters, 3-4  
400A T1, 3-5, 3-6, 3-11, 3-12  
401A T1, 3-5, 3-7, 3-13  
402A E1, 3-5, 3-8, 3-13  
403A E1, 3-5, 3-9, 3-13  
connected through a DSU/CSU, 3-24  
connected through an ICSU, 3-21  
DTE loopback procedure, 3-27  
E1, 1-4  
for specific countries, 3-15  
installing 400A T1, 3-20  
jumper settings  
401A T1, 3-10  
T1, 1-4  
testing, 3-19  
system capacities, 1-5  
T
test equipment  
103A block, 1-4, 3-22  
15411C cable kit, 1-4  
700A DS1 CPE loopback jack, 1-4, 3-22, 3-24  
Phoenix 1541C Test Set, 1-4  
Phoenix 5575A T1 Test Set, 1-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Index  
troubleshooting, 6-1  
400A T1 synchronization, 6-17  
401A T1 synchronization, 6-21  
ATM-PNC, 6-6, 6-16  
DEFINITY ECS commands, 6-16, 6-41  
inspecting LEDs, 6-6, 6-17  
interoperability, 6-6, 6-22  
TN2305, 6-9, 6-30  
TN2306, 6-9, 6-30  
unusual ATM problems, 6-15, 6-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration 555-233-124  
Issue 1  
April 2000  
Index  
IN-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
We’d like your opinion.  
Lucent Technologies welcomes your feedback on this document. Your comments can be of great value  
in helping us improve our documentation.  
DEFINITY ECS Release 8.2 ATM Installation,  
Upgrades, and Administration, 555-233-124, Issue 1, April 2000, Comcode 108678723  
1. Please rate the effectiveness of this document in the following areas:  
Excellent  
Good  
Fair  
Poor  
Ease of Finding  
Information  
Clarity  
Completeness  
Accuracy  
Organization  
Appearance  
Examples  
Illustrations  
Overall Satisfaction  
2. Please check the ways you feel we could improve this document:  
Improve the overview/introduction  
Improve the table of contents  
Improve the organization  
Add more figures  
Make it more concise  
Add more step-by-step procedures/tutorials  
Add more troubleshooting information  
Make it less technical  
Add more examples  
Add more/better quick reference aids  
Improve the index  
Add more detail  
Please add details about your concern.__________________________________________________  
_________________________________________________________________________________  
_________________________________________________________________________________  
3. What did you like most about this document?___________________________________________  
_________________________________________________________________________________  
_________________________________________________________________________________  
4. Feel free to write any comments below or on an attached sheet.____________________________  
_________________________________________________________________________________  
_________________________________________________________________________________  
If we may contact you concerning your comments, please complete the following:  
Name:_________________________________________Telephone Number: (  
)
Company/Organization______________________________________Date:___________________  
Address:_________________________________________________________________________  
When you have completed this form, please fax to (303) 538-1741. Thank you.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Krups Coffeemaker 197 User Manual
Lenovo Computer Monitor LT2223ZWC User Manual
LG Electronics Washer WD 102415WFH User Manual
Lincoln Kitchen Utensil Countertop Impinger User Manual
Linksys Switch SRW224 User Manual
Makita Trimmer RBC201 User Manual
Meade Telescope 114EQ AR User Manual
Melissa Blender 746085 User Manual
Melissa Toaster 643 106 User Manual
Mercedes Benz Automobile MERCEDES BENZ S User Manual